blob: 9e7661772280424f948c448ec6a647a4959b01fb [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +000015#include "SemaInherit.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000016#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000017#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
19#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000021#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +000022#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregor58e008d2008-11-13 20:12:29 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000024#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000025#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
26#include <algorithm>
Torok Edwindb714922009-08-24 13:25:12 +000027#include <cstdio>
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000028
29namespace clang {
30
31/// GetConversionCategory - Retrieve the implicit conversion
32/// category corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000033ImplicitConversionCategory
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000034GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
35 static const ImplicitConversionCategory
36 Category[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
37 ICC_Identity,
38 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
39 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
40 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
41 ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,
42 ICC_Promotion,
43 ICC_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000044 ICC_Promotion,
45 ICC_Conversion,
46 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000047 ICC_Conversion,
48 ICC_Conversion,
49 ICC_Conversion,
50 ICC_Conversion,
51 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000052 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000053 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000054 ICC_Conversion
55 };
56 return Category[(int)Kind];
57}
58
59/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
60/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
61ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
62 static const ImplicitConversionRank
63 Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
64 ICR_Exact_Match,
65 ICR_Exact_Match,
66 ICR_Exact_Match,
67 ICR_Exact_Match,
68 ICR_Exact_Match,
69 ICR_Promotion,
70 ICR_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000071 ICR_Promotion,
72 ICR_Conversion,
73 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000074 ICR_Conversion,
75 ICR_Conversion,
76 ICR_Conversion,
77 ICR_Conversion,
78 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000079 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000080 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000081 ICR_Conversion
82 };
83 return Rank[(int)Kind];
84}
85
86/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
87/// implicit conversion.
88const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
89 static const char* Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
90 "No conversion",
91 "Lvalue-to-rvalue",
92 "Array-to-pointer",
93 "Function-to-pointer",
94 "Qualification",
95 "Integral promotion",
96 "Floating point promotion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000097 "Complex promotion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000098 "Integral conversion",
99 "Floating conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000100 "Complex conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000101 "Floating-integral conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000102 "Complex-real conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000103 "Pointer conversion",
104 "Pointer-to-member conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000105 "Boolean conversion",
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000106 "Compatible-types conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000107 "Derived-to-base conversion"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000108 };
109 return Name[Kind];
110}
111
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000112/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
113/// sequence to the identity conversion.
114void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
115 First = ICK_Identity;
116 Second = ICK_Identity;
117 Third = ICK_Identity;
118 Deprecated = false;
119 ReferenceBinding = false;
120 DirectBinding = false;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +0000121 RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000122 CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000123}
124
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000125/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
126/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
127/// implicit conversions.
128ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
129 ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
130 if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
131 Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
132 if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
133 Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
134 if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
135 Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
136 return Rank;
137}
138
139/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
140/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000141/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000142/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000143bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000144 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
145 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
146
147 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
148 // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
149 // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
150 // a pointer.
151 if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +0000152 (FromType->isPointerType() || FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000153 First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
154 return true;
155
156 return false;
157}
158
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000159/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
160/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
161/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
162/// 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000163bool
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000164StandardConversionSequence::
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000165isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000166 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
167 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
168
169 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
170 // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
171 // and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
172 if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
173 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
174
175 if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000176 if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000177 return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();
178
179 return false;
180}
181
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000182/// DebugPrint - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
183/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
184void StandardConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
185 bool PrintedSomething = false;
186 if (First != ICK_Identity) {
187 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(First));
188 PrintedSomething = true;
189 }
190
191 if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
192 if (PrintedSomething) {
193 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
194 }
195 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Second));
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000196
197 if (CopyConstructor) {
198 fprintf(stderr, " (by copy constructor)");
199 } else if (DirectBinding) {
200 fprintf(stderr, " (direct reference binding)");
201 } else if (ReferenceBinding) {
202 fprintf(stderr, " (reference binding)");
203 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000204 PrintedSomething = true;
205 }
206
207 if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
208 if (PrintedSomething) {
209 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
210 }
211 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Third));
212 PrintedSomething = true;
213 }
214
215 if (!PrintedSomething) {
216 fprintf(stderr, "No conversions required");
217 }
218}
219
220/// DebugPrint - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
221/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
222void UserDefinedConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
223 if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
224 Before.DebugPrint();
225 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
226 }
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000227 fprintf(stderr, "'%s'", ConversionFunction->getNameAsString().c_str());
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000228 if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
229 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
230 After.DebugPrint();
231 }
232}
233
234/// DebugPrint - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
235/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
236void ImplicitConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
237 switch (ConversionKind) {
238 case StandardConversion:
239 fprintf(stderr, "Standard conversion: ");
240 Standard.DebugPrint();
241 break;
242 case UserDefinedConversion:
243 fprintf(stderr, "User-defined conversion: ");
244 UserDefined.DebugPrint();
245 break;
246 case EllipsisConversion:
247 fprintf(stderr, "Ellipsis conversion");
248 break;
249 case BadConversion:
250 fprintf(stderr, "Bad conversion");
251 break;
252 }
253
254 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
255}
256
257// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
258// overload of the Old declaration. This routine returns false if New
259// and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if they are functions with the
260// same signature (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old declaration isn't a
261// function (or overload set). When it does return false and Old is an
262// OverloadedFunctionDecl, MatchedDecl will be set to point to the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263// FunctionDecl that New cannot be overloaded with.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000264//
265// Example: Given the following input:
266//
267// void f(int, float); // #1
268// void f(int, int); // #2
269// int f(int, int); // #3
270//
271// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000272// so IsOverload will not be used.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000273//
274// When we process #2, Old is a FunctionDecl for #1. By comparing the
275// parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded (since they
276// have different signatures), so this routine returns false;
277// MatchedDecl is unchanged.
278//
279// When we process #3, Old is an OverloadedFunctionDecl containing #1
280// and #2. We compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded,
281// so we do nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and
282// #2 are identical (return types of functions are not part of the
283// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
284// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
285bool
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000286Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, Decl* OldD,
287 OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator& MatchedDecl) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000288 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl* Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
289 // Is this new function an overload of every function in the
290 // overload set?
291 OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
292 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
293 for (; Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
294 if (!IsOverload(New, *Func, MatchedDecl)) {
295 MatchedDecl = Func;
296 return false;
297 }
298 }
299
300 // This function overloads every function in the overload set.
301 return true;
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +0000302 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Old = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
303 return IsOverload(New, Old->getTemplatedDecl(), MatchedDecl);
304 else if (FunctionDecl* Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000305 FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000306 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
307
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000308 // C++ [temp.fct]p2:
309 // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
310 // and with normal (non-template) functions.
311 if ((OldTemplate == 0) != (NewTemplate == 0))
312 return true;
313
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000314 // Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
315 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
316 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
317
318 // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
319 // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
320 // in the signature, they are overloads.
321
322 // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
323 // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000324 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
325 isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000326 return false;
327
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000328 FunctionProtoType* OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
329 FunctionProtoType* NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000330
331 // The signature of a function includes the types of its
332 // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
333 // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
334 if (OldQType != NewQType &&
335 (OldType->getNumArgs() != NewType->getNumArgs() ||
336 OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
337 !std::equal(OldType->arg_type_begin(), OldType->arg_type_end(),
338 NewType->arg_type_begin())))
339 return true;
340
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000341 // C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000342 // The signature of a function template consists of its function
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000343 // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
344 // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000345 // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000346 // signature.
347 //
348 // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
349 // templates first; the remaining checks follow.
350 if (NewTemplate &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000351 (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
352 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000353 false, false, SourceLocation()) ||
354 OldType->getResultType() != NewType->getResultType()))
355 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000356
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000357 // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
358 // cv-qualifiers (if any) on the function itself.
359 //
360 // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
361 // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
362 // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
363 // this check is important to determine whether these functions
364 // can be overloaded.
365 CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
366 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000367 if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000368 !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic() &&
Douglas Gregorb81897c2008-11-21 15:36:28 +0000369 OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers() != NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000370 return true;
371
372 // The signatures match; this is not an overload.
373 return false;
374 } else {
375 // (C++ 13p1):
376 // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
377 // declarations cannot be overloaded.
378 return false;
379 }
380}
381
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000382/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
383/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
384/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
385/// to perform the initialization. Given
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000386///
387/// void f(float f);
388/// void g(int i) { f(i); }
389///
390/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
391/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
392/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
393/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
394//
395/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
396/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
397/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
398/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
399/// "BadConversion".
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000400///
401/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
402/// not permitted.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000403/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
404/// permitted.
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000405/// If @p ForceRValue, then overloading is performed as if From was an rvalue,
406/// no matter its actual lvalueness.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000407ImplicitConversionSequence
Anders Carlsson5ec4abf2009-08-27 17:14:02 +0000408Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
409 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000410 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000411 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000412 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Fariborz Jahanian19c73282009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000413 OverloadCandidateSet Conversions;
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000414 OverloadingResult UserDefResult = OR_Success;
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000415 if (IsStandardConversion(From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, ICS.Standard))
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000416 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000417 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000418 (UserDefResult = IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType,
419 ICS.UserDefined,
Fariborz Jahanian19c73282009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000420 Conversions,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000421 !SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit,
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000422 ForceRValue)) == OR_Success) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000423 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000424 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
425 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
426 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
427 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
428 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
429 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
430 // called for those cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000431 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000432 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433 QualType FromCanon
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000434 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
435 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
436 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000437 // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
438 // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000439 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
440 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
441 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = From->getType().getAsOpaquePtr();
442 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000443 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000444 if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000445 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
446 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000447 }
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +0000448
449 // C++ [over.best.ics]p4:
450 // However, when considering the argument of a user-defined
451 // conversion function that is a candidate by 13.3.1.3 when
452 // invoked for the copying of the temporary in the second step
453 // of a class copy-initialization, or by 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or
454 // 13.3.1.6 in all cases, only standard conversion sequences and
455 // ellipsis conversion sequences are allowed.
456 if (SuppressUserConversions &&
457 ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion)
458 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000459 } else {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000460 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000461 if (UserDefResult == OR_Ambiguous) {
462 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin();
463 Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand)
464 ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.push_back(Cand->Function);
465 }
466 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000467
468 return ICS;
469}
470
471/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
472/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
473/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
474/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
475/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
476/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
477/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
478/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000479bool
480Sema::IsStandardConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000481 bool InOverloadResolution,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000482 StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000483 QualType FromType = From->getType();
484
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000485 // Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000486 SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000487 SCS.Deprecated = false;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000488 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000489 SCS.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000490 SCS.CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000491
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000492 // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000493 // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000494 if (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()) {
495 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
496 return false;
497
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000498 // When we're overloading in C, we allow, as standard conversions,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000499 }
500
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000501 // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
502 // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
503 // (C++ 4p1).
504
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000505 // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ 4.1):
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000506 // An lvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can be
507 // converted to an rvalue.
508 Expr::isLvalueResult argIsLvalue = From->isLvalue(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000509 if (argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000510 !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000511 Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != Context.OverloadTy) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000512 SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000513
514 // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
515 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000516 // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
517 // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
518
519 // FIXME: Doesn't see through to qualifiers behind a typedef!
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000520 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000521 } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
522 // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000523 SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000524
525 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
526 // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
527 // T" (C++ 4.2p1).
528 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
529
530 if (IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
531 // This conversion is deprecated. (C++ D.4).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000532 SCS.Deprecated = true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000533
534 // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
535 // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
536 // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
537 // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000538 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
539 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
540 SCS.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
541 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000542 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000543 } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) {
544 // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000545 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000546
547 // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
548 // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
549 // function. (C++ 4.3p1).
550 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000551 } else if (FunctionDecl *Fn
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000552 = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000553 // Address of overloaded function (C++ [over.over]).
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000554 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
555
556 // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
557 // so we can convert to the type of that function.
558 FromType = Fn->getType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000559 if (ToType->isLValueReferenceType())
560 FromType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FromType);
561 else if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType())
562 FromType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FromType);
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +0000563 else if (ToType->isMemberPointerType()) {
564 // Resolve address only succeeds if both sides are member pointers,
565 // but it doesn't have to be the same class. See DR 247.
566 // Note that this means that the type of &Derived::fn can be
567 // Ret (Base::*)(Args) if the fn overload actually found is from the
568 // base class, even if it was brought into the derived class via a
569 // using declaration. The standard isn't clear on this issue at all.
570 CXXMethodDecl *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn);
571 FromType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType,
572 Context.getTypeDeclType(M->getParent()).getTypePtr());
573 } else
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000574 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000575 } else {
576 // We don't require any conversions for the first step.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000577 SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000578 }
579
580 // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
581 // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
582 // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
583 // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000584 // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
585 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000586 bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000587 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000588 // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
589 // conversion to do.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000590 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000591 } else if (IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000592 // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000593 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000594 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000595 } else if (IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
596 // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000597 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000598 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000599 } else if (IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
600 // Complex promotion (Clang extension)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000601 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
602 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000603 } else if ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000604 (ToType->isIntegralType() && !ToType->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000605 // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
606 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000607 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000608 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000609 } else if (FromType->isFloatingType() && ToType->isFloatingType()) {
610 // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000611 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000612 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000613 } else if (FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isComplexType()) {
614 // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000615 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
616 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000617 } else if ((FromType->isFloatingType() &&
618 ToType->isIntegralType() && (!ToType->isBooleanType() &&
619 !ToType->isEnumeralType())) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000620 ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000621 ToType->isFloatingType())) {
622 // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
623 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000624 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000625 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000626 } else if ((FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
627 (ToType->isComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
628 // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000629 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
630 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000631 } else if (IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
632 FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000633 // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000634 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000635 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000636 } else if (IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType,
637 InOverloadResolution, FromType)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000638 // Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +0000639 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000640 } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
641 (FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
642 FromType->isEnumeralType() ||
643 FromType->isPointerType() ||
644 FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
645 FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
646 FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
647 // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000648 SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000649 FromType = Context.BoolTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000650 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000651 Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
652 // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000653 SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000654 } else {
655 // No second conversion required.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000656 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000657 }
658
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000659 QualType CanonFrom;
660 QualType CanonTo;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000661 // The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000662 if (IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000663 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000664 FromType = ToType;
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000665 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
666 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000667 } else {
668 // No conversion required
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000669 SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
670
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000671 // C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000672 // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
673 // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
674 // a conversion. [...]
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000675 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000676 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000677 if (CanonFrom.getUnqualifiedType() == CanonTo.getUnqualifiedType() &&
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000678 CanonFrom.getCVRQualifiers() != CanonTo.getCVRQualifiers()) {
679 FromType = ToType;
680 CanonFrom = CanonTo;
681 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000682 }
683
684 // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
685 // this is a bad conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000686 if (CanonFrom != CanonTo)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000687 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000688
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000689 SCS.ToTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
690 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000691}
692
693/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
694/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
695/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
696/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000697bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000698 const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Sebastian Redlee547972008-11-04 15:59:10 +0000699 // All integers are built-in.
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000700 if (!To) {
701 return false;
702 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000703
704 // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
705 // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
706 // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
707 // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
708 // int (C++ 4.5p1).
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000709 if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000710 if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
711 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
712 // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
713 // less than int to an int.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000714 (!FromType->isSignedIntegerType() &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000715 Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000716 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000717 }
718
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000719 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
720 }
721
722 // An rvalue of type wchar_t (3.9.1) or an enumeration type (7.2)
723 // can be converted to an rvalue of the first of the following types
724 // that can represent all the values of its underlying type: int,
725 // unsigned int, long, or unsigned long (C++ 4.5p2).
726 if ((FromType->isEnumeralType() || FromType->isWideCharType())
727 && ToType->isIntegerType()) {
728 // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
729 // unsigned.
730 bool FromIsSigned;
731 uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000732 if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000733 QualType UnderlyingType = FromEnumType->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
734 FromIsSigned = UnderlyingType->isSignedIntegerType();
735 } else {
736 // FIXME: Is wchar_t signed or unsigned? We assume it's signed for now.
737 FromIsSigned = true;
738 }
739
740 // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
741 // order. Try each of these types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000742 QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
743 Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000744 Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
745 Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000746 };
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000747 for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000748 uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
749 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000750 (FromSize == ToSize &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000751 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
752 // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
753 // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
754 // promotion.
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000755 return Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType()
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000756 == Context.getCanonicalType(PromoteTypes[Idx]).getUnqualifiedType();
757 }
758 }
759 }
760
761 // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
762 // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
763 // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
764 // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
765 // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
766 // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
767 // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000768 // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
769 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000770 using llvm::APSInt;
771 if (From)
772 if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getBitField()) {
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000773 APSInt BitWidth;
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000774 if (FromType->isIntegralType() && !FromType->isEnumeralType() &&
775 MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
776 APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
777 ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000778
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000779 // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
780 if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
781 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
782 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
783 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000784
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000785 // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
786 // that fits into an unsigned int?
787 if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
788 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
789 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000790
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000791 return false;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000792 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000793 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000794
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000795 // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
796 // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000797 if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000798 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000799 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000800
801 return false;
802}
803
804/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
805/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
806/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000807bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000808 /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
809 /// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000810 if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>())
811 if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000812 if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
813 ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
814 return true;
815
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000816 // C99 6.3.1.5p1:
817 // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
818 // double is promoted to long double [...].
819 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
820 (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
821 FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
822 (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble))
823 return true;
824 }
825
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000826 return false;
827}
828
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000829/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
830///
831/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
832/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000833/// floating-point or integral promotion.
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000834bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000835 const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000836 if (!FromComplex)
837 return false;
838
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000839 const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000840 if (!ToComplex)
841 return false;
842
843 return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000844 ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
845 IsIntegralPromotion(0, FromComplex->getElementType(),
846 ToComplex->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000847}
848
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000849/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
850/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
851/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
852/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
853/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000854static QualType
855BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const PointerType *FromPtr,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000856 QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
857 ASTContext &Context) {
858 QualType CanonFromPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
859 QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000860 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000861
862 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000863 if (CanonToPointee.getQualifiers() == Quals) {
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000864 // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000865 if (!ToType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000866 return ToType;
867
868 // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
869 // already.
870 return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
871 }
872
873 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000874 return Context.getPointerType(
875 Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getUnqualifiedType(), Quals));
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000876}
877
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000878static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000879 bool InOverloadResolution,
880 ASTContext &Context) {
881 // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
882 // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
883 if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
884 Expr->getType()->isIntegralType())
885 return !InOverloadResolution;
886
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000887 return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
888 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
889 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000890}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000891
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000892/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
893/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
894/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
895/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
896/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
897/// ConvertedType.
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000898///
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +0000899/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
900/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
901/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
902/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
903/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
904/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000905/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
906/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
907/// should result in a warning.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000908bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000909 bool InOverloadResolution,
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000910 QualType& ConvertedType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000911 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000912 IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +0000913 if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC))
914 return true;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000915
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000916 // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
917 if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000918 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor79a6b012008-12-22 20:51:52 +0000919 ConvertedType = ToType;
920 return true;
921 }
922
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000923 // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
924 if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000925 ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000926 ConvertedType = ToType;
927 return true;
928 }
929 // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
930 // pointer type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000931 if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000932 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000933 ConvertedType = ToType;
934 return true;
935 }
936
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000937 // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
938 // pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000939 if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000940 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000941 ConvertedType = ToType;
942 return true;
943 }
944
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000945 const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000946 if (!ToTypePtr)
947 return false;
948
949 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000950 if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000951 ConvertedType = ToType;
952 return true;
953 }
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000954
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000955 // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000956 const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000957 if (!FromTypePtr)
958 return false;
959
960 QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();
961 QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
962
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000963 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
964 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
965 // 4.10p2).
Douglas Gregor64259f52009-03-24 20:32:41 +0000966 if (FromPointeeType->isObjectType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000967 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +0000968 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000969 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000970 return true;
971 }
972
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000973 // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
974 // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000975 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000976 Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000977 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000978 ToPointeeType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000979 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000980 return true;
981 }
982
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000983 // C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000984 //
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000985 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
986 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
987 // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
988 // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
989 // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
990 // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
991 // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
992 // the null pointer value of the destination type.
993 //
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +0000994 // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
995 // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000996 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
997 FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000998 IsDerivedFrom(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000999 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001000 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001001 ToType, Context);
1002 return true;
1003 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001004
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001005 return false;
1006}
1007
1008/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
1009/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
1010/// with the same arguments and return values.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001011bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001012 QualType& ConvertedType,
1013 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
1014 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1015 return false;
1016
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001017 // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001018 const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001019 const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001020 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001021
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001022 if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001023 // Objective C++: We're able to convert between "id" or "Class" and a
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001024 // pointer to any interface (in both directions).
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001025 if (ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType() && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001026 ConvertedType = ToType;
1027 return true;
1028 }
1029 // Conversions with Objective-C's id<...>.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001030 if ((FromObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001031 ToObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001032 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00001033 /*compare=*/false)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001034 ConvertedType = ToType;
1035 return true;
1036 }
1037 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to an
1038 // interface to a pointer to a different interface.
1039 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
1040 ConvertedType = ToType;
1041 return true;
1042 }
1043
1044 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
1045 // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
1046 // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
1047 // complain about it.
1048 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1049 ConvertedType = FromType;
1050 return true;
1051 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001052 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001053 // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001054 QualType ToPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001055 if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001056 ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001057 else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001058 ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1059 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001060 return false;
1061
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001062 QualType FromPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001063 if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001064 FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001065 else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001066 FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1067 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001068 return false;
1069
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001070 // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
1071 // is an Objective-C conversion.
1072 if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
1073 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1074 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1075 // We always complain about this conversion.
1076 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1077 ConvertedType = ToType;
1078 return true;
1079 }
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001080 // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001081 // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
1082 // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
1083 // complain about it).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001084 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001085 = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001086 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001087 = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001088 if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
1089 // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
1090 // Objective-C pointer conversion.
1091 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
1092 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
1093 return false;
1094
1095 // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
1096 // function types are obviously different.
1097 if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
1098 FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
1099 FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
1100 return false;
1101
1102 bool HasObjCConversion = false;
1103 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getResultType())
1104 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
1105 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1106 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
1107 ToFunctionType->getResultType(),
1108 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1109 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1110 HasObjCConversion = true;
1111 } else {
1112 // Function types are too different. Abort.
1113 return false;
1114 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001115
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001116 // Check argument types.
1117 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
1118 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
1119 QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1120 QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1121 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
1122 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
1123 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1124 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
1125 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1126 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1127 HasObjCConversion = true;
1128 } else {
1129 // Argument types are too different. Abort.
1130 return false;
1131 }
1132 }
1133
1134 if (HasObjCConversion) {
1135 // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
1136 // conversion, but complain about it.
1137 ConvertedType = ToType;
1138 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1139 return true;
1140 }
1141 }
1142
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001143 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001144}
1145
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001146/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
1147/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00001148/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001149/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
1150/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
1151/// error, or returns false otherwise.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001152bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1153 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001154 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1155
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001156 if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
1157 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001158 QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
1159 ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor1e57a3f2008-12-18 23:43:31 +00001160
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001161 if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
1162 ToPointeeType->isRecordType()) {
1163 // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
1164 // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001165 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType,
1166 From->getExprLoc(),
1167 From->getSourceRange()))
1168 return true;
1169
1170 // The conversion was successful.
1171 Kind = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001172 }
1173 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001174 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001175 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001176 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001177 ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001178 // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
1179 // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
1180 // Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001181 if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001182 return false;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001183
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001184 }
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001185 return false;
1186}
1187
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001188/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1189/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
1190/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
1191/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
1192/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
1193bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001194 QualType ToType,
1195 bool InOverloadResolution,
1196 QualType &ConvertedType) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001197 const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001198 if (!ToTypePtr)
1199 return false;
1200
1201 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001202 if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1203 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1204 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001205 ConvertedType = ToType;
1206 return true;
1207 }
1208
1209 // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001210 const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001211 if (!FromTypePtr)
1212 return false;
1213
1214 // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
1215 // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
1216 QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1217 QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1218 // FIXME: What happens when these are dependent? Is this function even called?
1219
1220 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass)) {
1221 ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
1222 ToClass.getTypePtr());
1223 return true;
1224 }
1225
1226 return false;
1227}
1228
1229/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
1230/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
1231/// virtual (FIXME: or inaccessible) base-to-derived member pointer conversions
1232/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
1233/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
1234/// otherwise.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001235bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001236 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001237 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001238 const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001239 if (!FromPtrType) {
1240 // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001241 assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1242 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001243 "Expr must be null pointer constant!");
1244 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001245 return false;
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001246 }
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001247
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001248 const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001249 assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
1250 "that is not a member pointer.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001251
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001252 QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
1253 QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001254
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001255 // FIXME: What about dependent types?
1256 assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
1257 assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001258
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001259 BasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false,
1260 /*DetectVirtual=*/true);
1261 bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1262 assert(DerivationOkay &&
1263 "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
1264 (void)DerivationOkay;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001265
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001266 if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
1267 getUnqualifiedType())) {
1268 // Derivation is ambiguous. Redo the check to find the exact paths.
1269 Paths.clear();
1270 Paths.setRecordingPaths(true);
1271 bool StillOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1272 assert(StillOkay && "Derivation changed due to quantum fluctuation.");
1273 (void)StillOkay;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001274
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001275 std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
1276 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
1277 << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
1278 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001279 }
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001280
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001281 if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001282 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
1283 << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
1284 << From->getSourceRange();
1285 return true;
1286 }
1287
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001288 // Must be a base to derived member conversion.
1289 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001290 return false;
1291}
1292
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001293/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
1294/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
1295/// (C++ 4.4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001296bool
1297Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001298 FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1299 ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1300
1301 // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
1302 // qualification conversion.
1303 if (FromType == ToType)
1304 return false;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001305
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001306 // (C++ 4.4p4):
1307 // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
1308 // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
1309 bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001310 bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001311 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001312 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1313 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1314 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001315 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001316 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
1317 // unwrap.
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001318 UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001319
1320 // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
1321 // 2,j, and similarly for volatile.
Douglas Gregorea2d4212008-10-22 00:38:21 +00001322 if (!ToType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001323 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001324
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001325 // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
1326 // every cv for 0 < k < j.
1327 if (FromType.getCVRQualifiers() != ToType.getCVRQualifiers()
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001328 && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001329 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001330
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001331 // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
1332 // include const.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001333 PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001334 = PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToType.isConstQualified();
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001335 }
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001336
1337 // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
1338 // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
1339 // of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
1340 // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
1341 // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
1342 return UnwrappedAnyPointer &&
1343 FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
1344}
1345
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00001346/// \brief Given a function template or function, extract the function template
1347/// declaration (if any) and the underlying function declaration.
1348template<typename T>
1349static void GetFunctionAndTemplate(AnyFunctionDecl Orig, T *&Function,
1350 FunctionTemplateDecl *&FunctionTemplate) {
1351 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Orig);
1352 if (FunctionTemplate)
1353 Function = cast<T>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
1354 else
1355 Function = cast<T>(Orig);
1356}
1357
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001358/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
1359/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
1360/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
1361/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
1362/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
1363/// false and User is unspecified.
1364///
1365/// \param AllowConversionFunctions true if the conversion should
1366/// consider conversion functions at all. If false, only constructors
1367/// will be considered.
1368///
1369/// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x
1370/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
1371/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001372///
1373/// \param ForceRValue true if the expression should be treated as an rvalue
1374/// for overload resolution.
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001375Sema::OverloadingResult Sema::IsUserDefinedConversion(
1376 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001377 UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
Fariborz Jahanian19c73282009-09-15 00:10:11 +00001378 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001379 bool AllowConversionFunctions,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001380 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001381 if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001382 if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001383 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {
1384 // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
1385 // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
1386 // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
1387 // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
1388 // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
1389 // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
1390 // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
1391 // the parentheses of the initializer.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001392 DeclarationName ConstructorName
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001393 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
1394 Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType());
1395 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001396 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd)
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001397 = ToRecordDecl->lookup(ConstructorName);
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001398 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001399 // Find the constructor (which may be a template).
1400 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
1401 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl
1402 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con);
1403 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001404 Constructor
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001405 = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
1406 else
1407 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001408
Fariborz Jahanian11a8e952009-08-06 17:22:51 +00001409 if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
Anders Carlssond20e7952009-08-28 16:57:08 +00001410 Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) {
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001411 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001412 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, false, 0, 0, &From,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001413 1, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001414 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001415 ForceRValue);
1416 else
1417 AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, &From, 1, CandidateSet,
1418 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true, ForceRValue);
1419 }
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001420 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001421 }
1422 }
1423
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001424 if (!AllowConversionFunctions) {
1425 // Don't allow any conversion functions to enter the overload set.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001426 } else if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(),
1427 PDiag(0)
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001428 << From->getSourceRange())) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00001429 // No conversion functions from incomplete types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001430 } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001431 = From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001432 if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001433 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
1434 // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001435 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00001436 = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001437 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
1438 = Conversions->function_begin();
1439 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
1440 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
1441 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
1442 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
1443 if (ConvTemplate)
1444 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
1445 else
1446 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*Func);
1447
1448 if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
1449 if (ConvTemplate)
1450 AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, From, ToType,
1451 CandidateSet);
1452 else
1453 AddConversionCandidate(Conv, From, ToType, CandidateSet);
1454 }
1455 }
1456 }
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001457 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001458
1459 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001460 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, From->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001461 case OR_Success:
1462 // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001463 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001464 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1465 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1466 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1467 // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
1468 // sequence converts the source type to the type required by
1469 // the argument of the constructor.
1470 //
1471 // FIXME: What about ellipsis conversions?
1472 QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(Context);
1473 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1474 User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
1475 User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001476 User.After.FromTypePtr
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001477 = ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001478 User.After.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001479 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001480 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
1481 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1482 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1483 //
1484 // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1485 // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
1486 // conversion sequence converts the source type to the
1487 // implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
1488 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1489 User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001490
1491 // C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001492 // The second standard conversion sequence converts the
1493 // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
1494 // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
1495 // is an initialization, the special rules for
1496 // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
1497 // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
1498 // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
1499 // 13.3.3.1).
1500 User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001501 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001502 } else {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001503 assert(false && "Not a constructor or conversion function?");
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001504 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001505 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001506
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001507 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001508 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001509 case OR_Deleted:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001510 // No conversion here! We're done.
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001511 return OR_Deleted;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001512
1513 case OR_Ambiguous:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001514 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001515 }
1516
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001517 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001518}
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001519
1520bool
1521Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
1522 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
1523 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1524 OverloadingResult OvResult =
1525 IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
1526 CandidateSet, true, false, false);
1527 if (OvResult != OR_Ambiguous)
1528 return false;
1529 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1530 diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
1531 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1532 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1533 return true;
1534}
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001535
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001536/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
1537/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1538/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001539ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001540Sema::CompareImplicitConversionSequences(const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
1541 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
1542{
1543 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
1544 // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
1545 // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
1546 // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
1547 // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
1548 // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
1549 // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
1550 // (13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001551 //
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001552 if (ICS1.ConversionKind < ICS2.ConversionKind)
1553 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1554 else if (ICS2.ConversionKind < ICS1.ConversionKind)
1555 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1556
1557 // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
1558 // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
1559 // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1560 if (ICS1.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion)
1561 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001562 else if (ICS1.ConversionKind ==
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001563 ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion) {
1564 // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
1565 // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
1566 // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
1567 // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
1568 // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
1569 // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001570 if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001571 ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
1572 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.UserDefined.After,
1573 ICS2.UserDefined.After);
1574 }
1575
1576 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1577}
1578
1579/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
1580/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1581/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001582ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001583Sema::CompareStandardConversionSequences(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1584 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
1585{
1586 // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
1587 // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1588
1589 // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
1590 // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
1591 // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
1592 // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
1593 // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
1594 if (SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third)
1595 // Neither is a proper subsequence of the other. Do nothing.
1596 ;
1597 else if ((SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) ||
1598 (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001599 (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001600 SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity))
1601 // SCS1 is a proper subsequence of SCS2.
1602 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1603 else if ((SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Third == SCS1.Third) ||
1604 (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Second == SCS1.Second) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001605 (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001606 SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity))
1607 // SCS2 is a proper subsequence of SCS1.
1608 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1609
1610 // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
1611 // defined below), or, if not that,
1612 ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
1613 ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
1614 if (Rank1 < Rank2)
1615 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1616 else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
1617 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001618
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001619 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
1620 // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
1621 // applies:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001622
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001623 // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
1624 // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
1625 // that is such a conversion.
1626 if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
1627 return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
1628 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1629 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1630
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001631 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
1632 //
1633 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001634 // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
1635 // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
1636 // of B* to void*.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001637 bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001638 = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001639 bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001640 = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001641 if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1642 // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
1643 // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001644 return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1645 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001646 } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1647 // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
1648 // their derived-to-base conversions.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001649 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
1650 = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
1651 return DerivedCK;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001652 } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1653 // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
1654 // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
1655 // inheritance relationship in their sources.
1656 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1657 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1658
1659 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1660 // conversion, if we need to.
1661 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1662 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1663 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1664 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1665
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001666 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001667 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001668 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001669 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001670
1671 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1672 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1673 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1674 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001675
1676 // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
1677 // other, it is the better one.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001678 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1679 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001680 if (FromIface1 && FromIface1) {
1681 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1682 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1683 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1684 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1685 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001686 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001687
1688 // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
1689 // bullet 3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001690 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001691 = CompareQualificationConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001692 return QualCK;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001693
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001694 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001695 // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1696 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
1697 // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
1698 // without a ref-qualifier, and S1 binds an rvalue reference to an
1699 // rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference.
Sebastian Redl4c0cd852009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001700 // FIXME: We don't know if we're dealing with the implicit object parameter,
1701 // or if the member function in this case has a ref qualifier.
1702 // (Of course, we don't have ref qualifiers yet.)
1703 if (SCS1.RRefBinding != SCS2.RRefBinding)
1704 return SCS1.RRefBinding ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1705 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001706
1707 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1708 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
1709 // which the references refer are the same type except for
1710 // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
1711 // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
1712 // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
Sebastian Redl4c0cd852009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001713 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1714 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001715 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1716 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
1717 if (T1.getUnqualifiedType() == T2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1718 if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
1719 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1720 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
1721 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1722 }
1723 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001724
1725 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1726}
1727
1728/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1729/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001730/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
1731ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001732Sema::CompareQualificationConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001733 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
Douglas Gregor4b62ec62008-10-22 15:04:37 +00001734 // C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001735 // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
1736 // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
1737 // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
1738 // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
1739 // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
1740 if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
1741 SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
1742 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1743
1744 // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
1745 // conversion (!)
1746 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1747 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1748 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1749 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
1750
1751 // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
1752 // them.
1753 if (T1.getUnqualifiedType() == T2.getUnqualifiedType())
1754 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1755
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001756 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001757 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1758 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
1759 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1760 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1761 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001762 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001763 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
1764 // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
1765 // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
1766 // strict subset of qualifiers.
1767 if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
1768 // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
1769 // about how the sequences rank.
1770 ;
1771 else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
1772 // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1773 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
1774 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1775 // qualifiers.
1776 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001777
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001778 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1779 } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
1780 // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1781 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
1782 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1783 // qualifiers.
1784 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001785
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001786 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1787 } else {
1788 // Qualifiers are disjoint.
1789 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1790 }
1791
1792 // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
1793 if (T1.getUnqualifiedType() == T2.getUnqualifiedType())
1794 break;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001795 }
1796
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001797 // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
1798 // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
1799 switch (Result) {
1800 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
1801 if (SCS1.Deprecated)
1802 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1803 break;
1804
1805 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
1806 break;
1807
1808 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
1809 if (SCS2.Deprecated)
1810 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1811 break;
1812 }
1813
1814 return Result;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001815}
1816
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001817/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1818/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001819/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
1820/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at
1821/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001822ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
1823Sema::CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1824 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
1825 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1826 QualType ToType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1827 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1828 QualType ToType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1829
1830 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1831 // conversion, if we need to.
1832 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1833 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1834 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1835 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1836
1837 // Canonicalize all of the types.
1838 FromType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
1839 ToType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
1840 FromType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
1841 ToType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);
1842
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001843 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001844 //
1845 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
1846 // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001847 //
1848 // For Objective-C, we let A, B, and C also be Objective-C
1849 // interfaces.
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001850
1851 // Compare based on pointer conversions.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001852 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +00001853 SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
1854 /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
1855 FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
1856 ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001857 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001858 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001859 QualType ToPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001860 = ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001861 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001862 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001863 QualType ToPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001864 = ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001865
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001866 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1867 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1868 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface1 = ToPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1869 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface2 = ToPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001870
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001871 // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001872 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
1873 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
1874 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1875 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
1876 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001877
1878 if (ToIface1 && ToIface2) {
1879 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface2, ToIface1))
1880 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1881 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface1, ToIface2))
1882 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1883 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001884 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001885
1886 // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
1887 if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
1888 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1889 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1890 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1891 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001892
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001893 if (FromIface1 && FromIface2) {
1894 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1895 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1896 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1897 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1898 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001899 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001900 }
1901
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001902 // Compare based on reference bindings.
1903 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding &&
1904 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
1905 // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
1906 // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
1907 // reference of type A&,
1908 if (FromType1.getUnqualifiedType() == FromType2.getUnqualifiedType() &&
1909 ToType1.getUnqualifiedType() != ToType2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1910 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
1911 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1912 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
1913 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1914 }
1915
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001916 // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
1917 // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
1918 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001919 if (FromType1.getUnqualifiedType() != FromType2.getUnqualifiedType() &&
1920 ToType1.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1921 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
1922 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1923 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
1924 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1925 }
1926 }
1927
1928
1929 // FIXME: conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of
1930 // A::* to C::*,
1931
1932 // FIXME: conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of
1933 // A::* to C::*, and
1934
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001935 if (SCS1.CopyConstructor && SCS2.CopyConstructor &&
1936 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
1937 // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
1938 if (FromType1.getUnqualifiedType() == FromType2.getUnqualifiedType() &&
1939 ToType1.getUnqualifiedType() != ToType2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1940 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
1941 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1942 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
1943 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1944 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001945
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001946 // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
1947 if (FromType1.getUnqualifiedType() != FromType2.getUnqualifiedType() &&
1948 ToType1.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1949 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
1950 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1951 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
1952 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1953 }
1954 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001955
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001956 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1957}
1958
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001959/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
1960/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
1961/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
1962/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001963/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001964/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. If @p ForceRValue,
1965/// then we treat @p From as an rvalue, even if it is an lvalue.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001966ImplicitConversionSequence
1967Sema::TryCopyInitialization(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00001968 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue,
1969 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001970 if (ToType->isReferenceType()) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001971 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001972 CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregorc809cc22009-09-23 23:04:10 +00001973 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson271e3a42009-08-27 17:30:43 +00001974 SuppressUserConversions,
1975 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
1976 ForceRValue,
1977 &ICS);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001978 return ICS;
1979 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001980 return TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
Anders Carlssonef4c7212009-08-27 17:24:15 +00001981 SuppressUserConversions,
1982 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00001983 ForceRValue,
1984 InOverloadResolution);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001985 }
1986}
1987
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001988/// PerformCopyInitialization - Copy-initialize an object of type @p ToType with
1989/// the expression @p From. Returns true (and emits a diagnostic) if there was
1990/// an error, returns false if the initialization succeeded. Elidable should
1991/// be true when the copy may be elided (C++ 12.8p15). Overload resolution works
1992/// differently in C++0x for this case.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001993bool Sema::PerformCopyInitialization(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001994 const char* Flavor, bool Elidable) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001995 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1996 // In C, argument passing is the same as performing an assignment.
1997 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001998
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001999 AssignConvertType ConvTy =
2000 CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, From);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00002001 if (ConvTy != Compatible &&
2002 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, From) == Compatible)
2003 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002004
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002005 return DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, From->getLocStart(), ToType,
2006 FromType, From, Flavor);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002007 }
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002008
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002009 if (ToType->isReferenceType())
Anders Carlsson271e3a42009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002010 return CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregorc809cc22009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002011 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson271e3a42009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002012 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
2013 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2014 /*ForceRValue=*/false);
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002015
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002016 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, Flavor,
2017 /*AllowExplicit=*/false, Elidable))
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002018 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002019 if (!DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType))
Fariborz Jahanian0b51c722009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002020 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2021 diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
2022 << ToType << From->getType() << Flavor << From->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian0b51c722009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002023 return true;
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002024}
2025
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002026/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
2027/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
2028/// expression @p From.
2029ImplicitConversionSequence
2030Sema::TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
2031 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002032 QualType ImplicitParamType
2033 = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(ClassType, Method->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002034
2035 // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
2036 // to exit early.
2037 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
2038 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
2039 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
2040
2041 // We need to have an object of class type.
2042 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002043 if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002044 FromType = PT->getPointeeType();
2045
2046 assert(FromType->isRecordType());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002047
2048 // The implicit object parmeter is has the type "reference to cv X",
2049 // where X is the class of which the function is a member
2050 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p4). However, when finding an implicit
2051 // conversion sequence for the argument, we are not allowed to
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002052 // create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002053 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
2054 // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
2055 // non-constant references.
2056
2057 // First check the qualifiers. We don't care about lvalue-vs-rvalue
2058 // with the implicit object parameter (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5).
2059 QualType FromTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
2060 if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers() != FromType.getCVRQualifiers() &&
2061 !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
2062 return ICS;
2063
2064 // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
2065 // affects the conversion rank.
2066 QualType ClassTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
2067 if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getUnqualifiedType())
2068 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
2069 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ClassType))
2070 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
2071 else
2072 return ICS;
2073
2074 // Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
2075 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
2076 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2077 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ImplicitParamType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2078 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2079 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +00002080 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002081 return ICS;
2082}
2083
2084/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
2085/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
2086/// expression.
2087bool
2088Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *&From, CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002089 QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002090 QualType ImplicitParamRecordType =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002091 Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002092
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002093 if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002094 FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
2095 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2096 } else {
2097 FromRecordType = From->getType();
2098 DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
2099 }
2100
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002101 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002102 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From, Method);
2103 if (ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion)
2104 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002105 diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002106 << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002107
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002108 if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base &&
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002109 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
2110 ImplicitParamRecordType,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002111 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2112 From->getSourceRange()))
2113 return true;
2114
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002115 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
Anders Carlsson4f4aab22009-08-07 18:45:49 +00002116 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002117 return false;
2118}
2119
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002120/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
2121/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2122ImplicitConversionSequence Sema::TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002123 return TryImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy,
Anders Carlssonef4c7212009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002124 // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
2125 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002126 /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002127 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2128 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002129}
2130
2131/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
2132/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2133bool Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *&From) {
2134 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(From);
2135 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, "converting"))
2136 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002137
2138 if (!DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy))
2139 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2140 diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
2141 << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
2142 return true;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002143}
2144
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002145/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002146/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If
2147/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
2148/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002149/// If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is a slightly
2150/// hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2151/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002152///
2153/// \para PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
2154/// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
2155/// code completion.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002156void
2157Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002158 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002159 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002160 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002161 bool ForceRValue,
2162 bool PartialOverloading) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002163 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002164 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002165 assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002166 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Function) &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002167 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002168 assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002169 "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002170
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002171 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002172 if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
2173 // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
2174 // that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
2175 // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
2176 // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
2177 // function, e.g., X::f(). We use a NULL object as the implied
2178 // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002179 AddMethodCandidate(Method, 0, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002180 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2181 return;
2182 }
2183 // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
2184 // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002185 }
2186
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002187 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function))
2188 return;
2189
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002190 // Add this candidate
2191 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2192 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2193 Candidate.Function = Function;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002194 Candidate.Viable = true;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002195 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002196 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002197
2198 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2199
2200 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2201 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2202 // list (8.3.5).
Douglas Gregor2a920012009-09-23 14:56:09 +00002203 if ((NumArgs + (PartialOverloading && NumArgs)) > NumArgsInProto &&
2204 !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002205 Candidate.Viable = false;
2206 return;
2207 }
2208
2209 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2210 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2211 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2212 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2213 // exactly m parameters.
2214 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002215 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002216 // Not enough arguments.
2217 Candidate.Viable = false;
2218 return;
2219 }
2220
2221 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2222 // arguments.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002223 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2224 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2225 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2226 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2227 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2228 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2229 // parameter of F.
2230 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002231 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2232 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002233 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
2234 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002235 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002236 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Fariborz Jahanianc9c39172009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002237 // 13.3.3.1-p10 If several different sequences of conversions exist that
2238 // each convert the argument to the parameter type, the implicit conversion
2239 // sequence associated with the parameter is defined to be the unique conversion
2240 // sequence designated the ambiguous conversion sequence. For the purpose of
2241 // ranking implicit conversion sequences as described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous
2242 // conversion sequence is treated as a user-defined sequence that is
2243 // indistinguishable from any other user-defined conversion sequence
Fariborz Jahanian91ae9fd2009-09-29 17:31:54 +00002244 if (!Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet.empty()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc9c39172009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002245 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind =
2246 ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian91ae9fd2009-09-29 17:31:54 +00002247 // Set the conversion function to one of them. As due to ambiguity,
2248 // they carry the same weight and is needed for overload resolution
2249 // later.
2250 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].UserDefined.ConversionFunction =
2251 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[0];
2252 }
Fariborz Jahanianc9c39172009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002253 else {
2254 Candidate.Viable = false;
2255 break;
2256 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002257 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002258 } else {
2259 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2260 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2261 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002262 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002263 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2264 }
2265 }
2266}
2267
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002268/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
2269/// the overload canddiate set.
2270void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const FunctionSet &Functions,
2271 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2272 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2273 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002274 for (FunctionSet::const_iterator F = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002275 FEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002276 F != FEnd; ++F) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002277 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*F)) {
2278 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())
2279 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
2280 Args[0], Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
2281 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
2282 else
2283 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2284 SuppressUserConversions);
2285 } else {
2286 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*F);
2287 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2288 !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())->isStatic())
2289 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002290 /*FIXME: explicit args */false, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002291 Args[0], Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
2292 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002293 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002294 else
2295 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl,
2296 /*FIXME: explicit args */false, 0, 0,
2297 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2298 SuppressUserConversions);
2299 }
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002300 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002301}
2302
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002303/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
2304/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
2305/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
2306/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
2307/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
2308/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002309/// operators. If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is
2310/// a slightly hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2311/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002312void
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002313Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, Expr *Object,
2314 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2315 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002316 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue) {
2317 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002318 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002319 assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002320 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Method) &&
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002321 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002322 assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
2323 "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002324
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002325 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method))
2326 return;
2327
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002328 // Add this candidate
2329 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2330 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2331 Candidate.Function = Method;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002332 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002333 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002334
2335 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2336
2337 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2338 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2339 // list (8.3.5).
2340 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2341 Candidate.Viable = false;
2342 return;
2343 }
2344
2345 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2346 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2347 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2348 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2349 // exactly m parameters.
2350 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
2351 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
2352 // Not enough arguments.
2353 Candidate.Viable = false;
2354 return;
2355 }
2356
2357 Candidate.Viable = true;
2358 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2359
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002360 if (Method->isStatic() || !Object)
2361 // The implicit object argument is ignored.
2362 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
2363 else {
2364 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
2365 // parameter.
2366 Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Method);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002367 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002368 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2369 Candidate.Viable = false;
2370 return;
2371 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002372 }
2373
2374 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2375 // arguments.
2376 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2377 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2378 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2379 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2380 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2381 // parameter of F.
2382 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002383 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2384 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002385 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002386 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002387 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002388 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2389 Candidate.Viable = false;
2390 break;
2391 }
2392 } else {
2393 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2394 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2395 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002396 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002397 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2398 }
2399 }
2400}
2401
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002402/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
2403/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
2404/// function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002405void
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002406Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2407 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2408 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2409 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2410 Expr *Object, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2411 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2412 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2413 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002414 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl))
2415 return;
2416
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002417 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002418 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002419 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002420 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002421 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2422 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2423 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2424 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2425 // functions.
2426 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2427 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2428 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
2429 = DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2430 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2431 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
2432 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2433 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2434 (void)Result;
2435 return;
2436 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002437
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002438 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2439 // deduction as a candidate.
2440 assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002441 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002442 "Specialization is not a member function?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002443 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), Object, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002444 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2445}
2446
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002447/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
2448/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
2449/// an appropriate function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002450void
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002451Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002452 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2453 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2454 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002455 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2456 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2457 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2458 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002459 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2460 return;
2461
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002462 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002463 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002464 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002465 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002466 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2467 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2468 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2469 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2470 // functions.
2471 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2472 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2473 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002474 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2475 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2476 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002477 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2478 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2479 (void)Result;
2480 return;
2481 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002482
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002483 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2484 // deduction as a candidate.
2485 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
2486 AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2487 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2488}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002489
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002490/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002491/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002492/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002493/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002494/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
2495/// conversion function produces).
2496void
2497Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2498 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2499 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002500 assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
2501 "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
2502
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002503 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2504 return;
2505
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002506 // Add this candidate
2507 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2508 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2509 Candidate.Function = Conversion;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002510 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002511 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002512 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002513 Candidate.FinalConversion.FromTypePtr
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002514 = Conversion->getConversionType().getAsOpaquePtr();
2515 Candidate.FinalConversion.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2516
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002517 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2518 // object parameter.
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002519 Candidate.Viable = true;
2520 Candidate.Conversions.resize(1);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002521 Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From, Conversion);
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00002522 // Conversion functions to a different type in the base class is visible in
2523 // the derived class. So, a derived to base conversion should not participate
2524 // in overload resolution.
2525 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
2526 Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002527 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002528 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2529 Candidate.Viable = false;
2530 return;
2531 }
2532
2533 // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
2534 // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
2535 // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
2536 // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
2537 // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
2538 // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
2539 // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
2540 // well-formed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002541 DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, Conversion->getType(),
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002542 SourceLocation());
2543 ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
Anders Carlssona2615922009-07-31 00:48:10 +00002544 CastExpr::CK_Unknown,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002545 &ConversionRef, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002546
2547 // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002548 // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
2549 // allocator).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002550 CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002551 Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(),
2552 SourceLocation());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002553 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
2554 TryCopyInitialization(&Call, ToType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002555 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002556 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2557 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002558
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002559 switch (ICS.ConversionKind) {
2560 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
2561 Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;
2562 break;
2563
2564 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
2565 Candidate.Viable = false;
2566 break;
2567
2568 default:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002569 assert(false &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002570 "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
2571 }
2572}
2573
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002574/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
2575/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
2576/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
2577/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
2578/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002579void
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002580Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2581 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2582 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
2583 assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2584 "Only conversion function templates permitted here");
2585
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002586 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2587 return;
2588
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002589 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2590 CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2591 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002592 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002593 Specialization, Info)) {
2594 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2595 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2596 (void)Result;
2597 return;
2598 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002599
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002600 // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
2601 // template argument deduction as a candidate.
2602 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
2603 AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, From, ToType, CandidateSet);
2604}
2605
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002606/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
2607/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
2608/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
2609/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
2610/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
2611void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002612 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002613 Expr *Object, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2614 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002615 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2616 return;
2617
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002618 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2619 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2620 Candidate.Function = 0;
2621 Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
2622 Candidate.Viable = true;
2623 Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002624 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002625 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2626
2627 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2628 // object parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002629 ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002630 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Conversion);
2631 if (ObjectInit.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2632 Candidate.Viable = false;
2633 return;
2634 }
2635
2636 // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
2637 // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
2638 // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002639 Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002640 = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
2641 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
2642 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002643 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002644 = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
2645 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
2646
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002647 // Find the
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002648 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2649
2650 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2651 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2652 // list (8.3.5).
2653 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2654 Candidate.Viable = false;
2655 return;
2656 }
2657
2658 // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
2659 // we have enough arguments.
2660 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2661 // Not enough arguments.
2662 Candidate.Viable = false;
2663 return;
2664 }
2665
2666 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2667 // arguments.
2668 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2669 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2670 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2671 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2672 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2673 // parameter of F.
2674 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002675 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2676 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002677 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002678 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2679 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002680 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002681 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2682 Candidate.Viable = false;
2683 break;
2684 }
2685 } else {
2686 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2687 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2688 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002689 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002690 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2691 }
2692 }
2693}
2694
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002695// FIXME: This will eventually be removed, once we've migrated all of the
2696// operator overloading logic over to the scheme used by binary operators, which
2697// works for template instantiation.
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002698void Sema::AddOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Douglas Gregor94eabf32009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002699 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002700 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor94eabf32009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002701 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2702 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002703 FunctionSet Functions;
2704
2705 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2706 QualType T2;
2707 if (NumArgs > 1)
2708 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2709
2710 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002711 if (S)
2712 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(Op, S, T1, T2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002713 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
2714 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
2715 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, OpRange);
2716 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
2717}
2718
2719/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
2720/// member functions.
2721///
2722/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
2723/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
2724/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
2725/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
2726/// [over.match.oper]).
2727void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2728 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2729 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2730 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2731 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002732 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
2733
2734 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2735 // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
2736 // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
2737 // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
2738 // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
2739 // three sets of candidate functions, designated member
2740 // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
2741 // constructed as follows:
2742 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2743 QualType T2;
2744 if (NumArgs > 1)
2745 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2746
2747 // -- If T1 is a class type, the set of member candidates is the
2748 // result of the qualified lookup of T1::operator@
2749 // (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, the set of member candidates is
2750 // empty.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002751 if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002752 // Complete the type if it can be completed. Otherwise, we're done.
2753 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, T1, PartialDiagnostic(0)))
2754 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002755
2756 LookupResult Operators = LookupQualifiedName(T1Rec->getDecl(), OpName,
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002757 LookupOrdinaryName, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002758 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002759 OperEnd = Operators.end();
2760 Oper != OperEnd;
2761 ++Oper)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002762 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper), Args[0],
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002763 Args+1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002764 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002765 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002766}
2767
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002768/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
2769/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
2770/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002771/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
2772/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002773/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
2774/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
2775/// converted to bool.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002776void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002777 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002778 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002779 bool IsAssignmentOperator,
2780 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002781 // Add this candidate
2782 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2783 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2784 Candidate.Function = 0;
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +00002785 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002786 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002787 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
2788 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
2789 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];
2790
2791 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2792 // arguments.
2793 Candidate.Viable = true;
2794 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2795 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002796 // C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
2797 // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
2798 // left operand are restricted as follows:
2799 // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
2800 // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
2801 // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002802 // parameter of a built-in candidate.
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002803 //
2804 // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
2805 // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
2806 // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
2807 // is not of the same type.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002808 if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002809 assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002810 "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
2811 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Args[ArgIdx]);
2812 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002813 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2814 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002815 ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002816 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2817 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002818 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002819 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002820 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002821 Candidate.Viable = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002822 break;
2823 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002824 }
2825}
2826
2827/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
2828/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
2829/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
2830/// enumeration types.
2831class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet {
2832 /// TypeSet - A set of types.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002833 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> TypeSet;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002834
2835 /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
2836 /// built-in candidates.
2837 TypeSet PointerTypes;
2838
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002839 /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
2840 /// used in the built-in candidates.
2841 TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;
2842
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002843 /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
2844 /// used in the built-in candidates.
2845 TypeSet EnumerationTypes;
2846
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00002847 /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
2848 /// candidate type set.
2849 Sema &SemaRef;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002850
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002851 /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
2852 ASTContext &Context;
2853
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002854 bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
2855 bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002856
2857public:
2858 /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002859 typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002860
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002861 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00002862 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002863
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002864 void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty, bool AllowUserConversions,
2865 bool AllowExplicitConversions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002866
2867 /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
2868 iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }
2869
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002870 /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002871 iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }
2872
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002873 /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
2874 iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }
2875
2876 /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
2877 iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }
2878
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002879 /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
2880 iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }
2881
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002882 /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002883 iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }
2884};
2885
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002886/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002887/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
2888/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
2889/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
2890/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
2891/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
2892/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002893///
2894/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002895bool
2896BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002897
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002898 // Insert this type.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002899 if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002900 return false;
2901
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002902 const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
2903 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a pointer type!");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002904
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002905 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
2906 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
2907
2908 // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR.
2909 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
2910 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
2911
2912 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
2913 PointerTypes.insert(Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy));
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002914 }
2915
2916 return true;
2917}
2918
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002919/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
2920/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
2921/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
2922/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
2923/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
2924/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
2925/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002926///
2927/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002928bool
2929BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
2930 QualType Ty) {
2931 // Insert this type.
2932 if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
2933 return false;
2934
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002935 const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2936 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!");
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002937
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002938 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
2939 const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();
2940
2941 // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR
2942 // qualifiers.
2943 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
2944 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
2945 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
2946
2947 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
2948 MemberPointerTypes.insert(Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy));
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002949 }
2950
2951 return true;
2952}
2953
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002954/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
2955/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002956/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
2957/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002958/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
2959/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
2960/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
2961/// type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002962void
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002963BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
2964 bool AllowUserConversions,
2965 bool AllowExplicitConversions) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002966 // Only deal with canonical types.
2967 Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);
2968
2969 // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
2970 // expression for the purposes of conversions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002971 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002972 Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();
2973
2974 // We don't care about qualifiers on the type.
2975 Ty = Ty.getUnqualifiedType();
2976
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002977 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002978 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
2979
2980 // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
2981 // of types.
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002982 if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002983 return;
2984
2985 // Add 'cv void*' to our set of types.
2986 if (!Ty->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002987 QualType QualVoid
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002988 = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Context.VoidTy,
2989 PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers());
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002990 AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Context.getPointerType(QualVoid));
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002991 }
2992
2993 // If this is a pointer to a class type, add pointers to its bases
2994 // (with the same level of cv-qualification as the original
2995 // derived class, of course).
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002996 if (const RecordType *PointeeRec = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002997 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(PointeeRec->getDecl());
2998 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->bases_begin();
2999 Base != ClassDecl->bases_end(); ++Base) {
3000 QualType BaseTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Base->getType());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003001 BaseTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(BaseTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
3002 PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers());
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003003
3004 // Add the pointer type, recursively, so that we get all of
3005 // the indirect base classes, too.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003006 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Context.getPointerType(BaseTy), false, false);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003007 }
3008 }
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003009 } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3010 // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
3011 if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
3012 return;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003013 } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003014 EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003015 } else if (AllowUserConversions) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003016 if (const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003017 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation(), Ty, 0)) {
3018 // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
3019 return;
3020 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003021
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003022 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
3023 // FIXME: Visit conversion functions in the base classes, too.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003024 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003025 = ClassDecl->getConversionFunctions();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003026 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003027 = Conversions->function_begin();
3028 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003029 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
3030 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
3031 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
3032
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003033 // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003034 // about which builtin types we can convert to.
3035 if (ConvTemplate)
3036 continue;
3037
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003038 if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit())
3039 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), false, false);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003040 }
3041 }
3042 }
3043}
3044
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003045/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
3046/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
3047/// given type to the candidate set.
3048static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
3049 QualType T,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003050 Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003051 unsigned NumArgs,
3052 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3053 QualType ParamTypes[2];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003054
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003055 // T& operator=(T&, T)
3056 ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3057 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3058 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3059 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003060
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003061 if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
3062 // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003063 ParamTypes[0]
3064 = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(T));
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003065 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3066 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003067 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003068 }
3069}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003070
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003071/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
3072/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
3073/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
3074/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
3075/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003076void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003077Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003078 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3079 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003080 // The set of "promoted arithmetic types", which are the arithmetic
3081 // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). Note
3082 // that the first few of these types are the promoted integral
3083 // types; these types need to be first.
3084 // FIXME: What about complex?
3085 const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 0;
3086 const unsigned LastIntegralType = 13;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003087 const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 7,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003088 LastPromotedIntegralType = 13;
3089 const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 7,
3090 LastPromotedArithmeticType = 16;
3091 const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 16;
3092 QualType ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003093 Context.BoolTy, Context.CharTy, Context.WCharTy,
3094// FIXME: Context.Char16Ty, Context.Char32Ty,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003095 Context.SignedCharTy, Context.ShortTy,
3096 Context.UnsignedCharTy, Context.UnsignedShortTy,
3097 Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy,
3098 Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy,
3099 Context.FloatTy, Context.DoubleTy, Context.LongDoubleTy
3100 };
3101
3102 // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
3103 // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
3104 // that make use of these types.
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003105 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet CandidateTypes(*this);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003106 if (Op == OO_Less || Op == OO_Greater || Op == OO_LessEqual ||
3107 Op == OO_GreaterEqual || Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_ExclaimEqual ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003108 Op == OO_Plus || (Op == OO_Minus && NumArgs == 2) || Op == OO_Equal ||
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003109 Op == OO_PlusEqual || Op == OO_MinusEqual || Op == OO_Subscript ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003110 Op == OO_ArrowStar || Op == OO_PlusPlus || Op == OO_MinusMinus ||
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003111 (Op == OO_Star && NumArgs == 1) || Op == OO_Conditional) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003112 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003113 CandidateTypes.AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
3114 true,
3115 (Op == OO_Exclaim ||
3116 Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
3117 Op == OO_PipePipe));
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003118 }
3119
3120 bool isComparison = false;
3121 switch (Op) {
3122 case OO_None:
3123 case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
3124 assert(false && "Expected an overloaded operator");
3125 break;
3126
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003127 case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003128 if (NumArgs == 1)
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003129 goto UnaryStar;
3130 else
3131 goto BinaryStar;
3132 break;
3133
3134 case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
3135 if (NumArgs == 1)
3136 goto UnaryPlus;
3137 else
3138 goto BinaryPlus;
3139 break;
3140
3141 case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
3142 if (NumArgs == 1)
3143 goto UnaryMinus;
3144 else
3145 goto BinaryMinus;
3146 break;
3147
3148 case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
3149 if (NumArgs == 1)
3150 goto UnaryAmp;
3151 else
3152 goto BinaryAmp;
3153
3154 case OO_PlusPlus:
3155 case OO_MinusMinus:
3156 // C++ [over.built]p3:
3157 //
3158 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
3159 // is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
3160 // functions of the form
3161 //
3162 // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&);
3163 // T operator++(VQ T&, int);
3164 //
3165 // C++ [over.built]p4:
3166 //
3167 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
3168 // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
3169 // candidate operator functions of the form
3170 //
3171 // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&);
3172 // T operator--(VQ T&, int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003173 for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003174 Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
3175 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003176 QualType ParamTypes[2]
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003177 = { Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithTy), Context.IntTy };
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003178
3179 // Non-volatile version.
3180 if (NumArgs == 1)
3181 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3182 else
3183 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3184
3185 // Volatile version
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003186 ParamTypes[0]
3187 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(ArithTy));
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003188 if (NumArgs == 1)
3189 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3190 else
3191 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3192 }
3193
3194 // C++ [over.built]p5:
3195 //
3196 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3197 // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
3198 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3199 //
3200 // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&);
3201 // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&);
3202 // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int);
3203 // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int);
3204 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3205 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3206 // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003207 if (!(*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003208 continue;
3209
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003210 QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
3211 Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), Context.IntTy
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003212 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003213
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003214 // Without volatile
3215 if (NumArgs == 1)
3216 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3217 else
3218 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3219
3220 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified()) {
3221 // With volatile
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003222 ParamTypes[0]
3223 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003224 if (NumArgs == 1)
3225 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3226 else
3227 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3228 }
3229 }
3230 break;
3231
3232 UnaryStar:
3233 // C++ [over.built]p6:
3234 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
3235 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3236 //
3237 // T& operator*(T*);
3238 //
3239 // C++ [over.built]p7:
3240 // For every function type T, there exist candidate operator
3241 // functions of the form
3242 // T& operator*(T*);
3243 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3244 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3245 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003246 QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003247 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003248 &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3249 }
3250 break;
3251
3252 UnaryPlus:
3253 // C++ [over.built]p8:
3254 // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
3255 // the form
3256 //
3257 // T* operator+(T*);
3258 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3259 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3260 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
3261 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3262 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003263
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003264 // Fall through
3265
3266 UnaryMinus:
3267 // C++ [over.built]p9:
3268 // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
3269 // operator functions of the form
3270 //
3271 // T operator+(T);
3272 // T operator-(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003273 for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003274 Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
3275 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
3276 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3277 }
3278 break;
3279
3280 case OO_Tilde:
3281 // C++ [over.built]p10:
3282 // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
3283 // operator functions of the form
3284 //
3285 // T operator~(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003286 for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003287 Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
3288 QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int];
3289 AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3290 }
3291 break;
3292
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003293 case OO_New:
3294 case OO_Delete:
3295 case OO_Array_New:
3296 case OO_Array_Delete:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003297 case OO_Call:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003298 assert(false && "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003299 break;
3300
3301 case OO_Comma:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003302 UnaryAmp:
3303 case OO_Arrow:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003304 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3305 // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
3306 // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003307 break;
3308
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003309 case OO_EqualEqual:
3310 case OO_ExclaimEqual:
3311 // C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003312 // For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
3313 // functions of the form
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003314 //
3315 // bool operator==(T,T);
3316 // bool operator!=(T,T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003317 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003318 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3319 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3320 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
3321 ++MemPtr) {
3322 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
3323 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3324 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003325
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003326 // Fall through
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003327
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003328 case OO_Less:
3329 case OO_Greater:
3330 case OO_LessEqual:
3331 case OO_GreaterEqual:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003332 // C++ [over.built]p15:
3333 //
3334 // For every pointer or enumeration type T, there exist
3335 // candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003336 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003337 // bool operator<(T, T);
3338 // bool operator>(T, T);
3339 // bool operator<=(T, T);
3340 // bool operator>=(T, T);
3341 // bool operator==(T, T);
3342 // bool operator!=(T, T);
3343 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3344 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3345 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3346 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3347 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003348 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Enum
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003349 = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin();
3350 Enum != CandidateTypes.enumeration_end(); ++Enum) {
3351 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
3352 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3353 }
3354
3355 // Fall through.
3356 isComparison = true;
3357
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003358 BinaryPlus:
3359 BinaryMinus:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003360 if (!isComparison) {
3361 // We didn't fall through, so we must have OO_Plus or OO_Minus.
3362
3363 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3364 //
3365 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
3366 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003367 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003368 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3369 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW]
3370 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3371 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3372 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW]
3373 //
3374 // C++ [over.built]p14:
3375 //
3376 // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
3377 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3378 //
3379 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003380 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003381 = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3382 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3383 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
3384
3385 // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
3386 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3387
3388 if (Op == OO_Plus) {
3389 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3390 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3391 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3392 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3393 } else {
3394 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
3395 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3396 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
3397 Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3398 }
3399 }
3400 }
3401 // Fall through
3402
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003403 case OO_Slash:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003404 BinaryStar:
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003405 Conditional:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003406 // C++ [over.built]p12:
3407 //
3408 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
3409 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3410 //
3411 // LR operator*(L, R);
3412 // LR operator/(L, R);
3413 // LR operator+(L, R);
3414 // LR operator-(L, R);
3415 // bool operator<(L, R);
3416 // bool operator>(L, R);
3417 // bool operator<=(L, R);
3418 // bool operator>=(L, R);
3419 // bool operator==(L, R);
3420 // bool operator!=(L, R);
3421 //
3422 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3423 // between types L and R.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003424 //
3425 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3426 //
3427 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
3428 // candidate operator functions of the form
3429 //
3430 // LR operator?(bool, L, R);
3431 //
3432 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3433 // between types L and R.
3434 // Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003435 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003436 Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003437 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003438 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3439 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003440 QualType Result
3441 = isComparison
3442 ? Context.BoolTy
3443 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003444 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3445 }
3446 }
3447 break;
3448
3449 case OO_Percent:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003450 BinaryAmp:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003451 case OO_Caret:
3452 case OO_Pipe:
3453 case OO_LessLess:
3454 case OO_GreaterGreater:
3455 // C++ [over.built]p17:
3456 //
3457 // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
3458 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3459 //
3460 // LR operator%(L, R);
3461 // LR operator&(L, R);
3462 // LR operator^(L, R);
3463 // LR operator|(L, R);
3464 // L operator<<(L, R);
3465 // L operator>>(L, R);
3466 //
3467 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3468 // between types L and R.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003469 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003470 Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003471 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003472 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3473 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
3474 QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
3475 ? LandR[0]
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003476 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003477 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3478 }
3479 }
3480 break;
3481
3482 case OO_Equal:
3483 // C++ [over.built]p20:
3484 //
3485 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003486 // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003487 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3488 //
3489 // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003490 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3491 Enum = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin(),
3492 EnumEnd = CandidateTypes.enumeration_end();
3493 Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003494 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *Enum, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003495 CandidateSet);
3496 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3497 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3498 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3499 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003500 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *MemPtr, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003501 CandidateSet);
3502 // Fall through.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003503
3504 case OO_PlusEqual:
3505 case OO_MinusEqual:
3506 // C++ [over.built]p19:
3507 //
3508 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
3509 // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
3510 // of the form
3511 //
3512 // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
3513 //
3514 // C++ [over.built]p21:
3515 //
3516 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3517 // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
3518 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3519 //
3520 // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3521 // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3522 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3523 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3524 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3525 ParamTypes[1] = (Op == OO_Equal)? *Ptr : Context.getPointerDiffType();
3526
3527 // non-volatile version
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003528 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003529 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3530 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003531
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003532 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified()) {
3533 // volatile version
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003534 ParamTypes[0]
3535 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003536 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3537 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003538 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003539 }
3540 // Fall through.
3541
3542 case OO_StarEqual:
3543 case OO_SlashEqual:
3544 // C++ [over.built]p18:
3545 //
3546 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
3547 // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
3548 // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
3549 // the form
3550 //
3551 // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R);
3552 // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R);
3553 // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R);
3554 // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R);
3555 // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R);
3556 for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003557 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003558 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3559 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3560 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3561
3562 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003563 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003564 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3565 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003566
3567 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003568 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003569 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003570 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3571 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003572 }
3573 }
3574 break;
3575
3576 case OO_PercentEqual:
3577 case OO_LessLessEqual:
3578 case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
3579 case OO_AmpEqual:
3580 case OO_CaretEqual:
3581 case OO_PipeEqual:
3582 // C++ [over.built]p22:
3583 //
3584 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
3585 // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
3586 // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3587 //
3588 // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R);
3589 // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
3590 // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
3591 // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R);
3592 // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R);
3593 // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R);
3594 for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003595 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003596 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3597 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3598 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3599
3600 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003601 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003602 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3603
3604 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
3605 ParamTypes[0] = ArithmeticTypes[Left];
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003606 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003607 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003608 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3609 }
3610 }
3611 break;
3612
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003613 case OO_Exclaim: {
3614 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3615 //
3616 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3617 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003618 // bool operator!(bool);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003619 // bool operator&&(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3620 // bool operator||(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3621 QualType ParamTy = Context.BoolTy;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003622 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet,
3623 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3624 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003625 break;
3626 }
3627
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003628 case OO_AmpAmp:
3629 case OO_PipePipe: {
3630 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3631 //
3632 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3633 //
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003634 // bool operator!(bool); [ABOVE]
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003635 // bool operator&&(bool, bool);
3636 // bool operator||(bool, bool);
3637 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { Context.BoolTy, Context.BoolTy };
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003638 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3639 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3640 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003641 break;
3642 }
3643
3644 case OO_Subscript:
3645 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3646 //
3647 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
3648 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003649 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003650 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3651 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
3652 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3653 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE]
3654 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3655 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3656 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3657 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003658 QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003659 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003660
3661 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
3662 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3663
3664 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3665 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3666 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3667 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3668 }
3669 break;
3670
3671 case OO_ArrowStar:
3672 // FIXME: No support for pointer-to-members yet.
3673 break;
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003674
3675 case OO_Conditional:
3676 // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
3677 // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
3678 // therefore added as binary.
3679 //
3680 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3681 // For every type T, where T is a pointer or pointer-to-member type,
3682 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3683 //
3684 // T operator?(bool, T, T);
3685 //
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003686 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin(),
3687 E = CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
3688 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3689 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3690 }
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003691 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
3692 CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3693 E = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
3694 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3695 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3696 }
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003697 goto Conditional;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003698 }
3699}
3700
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003701/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
3702/// to the set of overloading candidates.
3703///
3704/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
3705/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
3706/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
3707/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003708void
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003709Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
3710 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003711 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
3712 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
3713 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
3714 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3715 bool PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003716 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003717
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003718 // FIXME: Should we be trafficking in canonical function decls throughout?
3719
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003720 // Record all of the function candidates that we've already
3721 // added to the overload set, so that we don't add those same
3722 // candidates a second time.
3723 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
3724 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
3725 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003726 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003727 Functions.insert(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003728 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
3729 Functions.insert(FunTmpl);
3730 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003731
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003732 // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments?
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003733 ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003734
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003735 // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
3736 // FIXME: This is suboptimal. Is there a better way?
3737 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
3738 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
3739 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003740 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003741 Functions.erase(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003742 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
3743 Functions.erase(FunTmpl);
3744 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003745
3746 // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
3747 // set.
3748 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
3749 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003750 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003751 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) {
3752 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
3753 continue;
3754
3755 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
3756 false, false, PartialOverloading);
3757 } else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003758 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func),
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003759 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
3760 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
3761 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003762 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003763 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003764}
3765
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003766/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
3767/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003768bool
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003769Sema::isBetterOverloadCandidate(const OverloadCandidate& Cand1,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003770 const OverloadCandidate& Cand2) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003771 // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
3772 // functions.
3773 if (!Cand2.Viable)
3774 return Cand1.Viable;
3775 else if (!Cand1.Viable)
3776 return false;
3777
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003778 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
3779 //
3780 // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
3781 // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
3782 // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
3783 // better nor worse than ICS1(F).
3784 unsigned StartArg = 0;
3785 if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
3786 StartArg = 1;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003787
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00003788 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003789 // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
3790 // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00003791 // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003792 unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size();
3793 assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
3794 bool HasBetterConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003795 for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003796 switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
3797 Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
3798 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
3799 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
3800 HasBetterConversion = true;
3801 break;
3802
3803 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
3804 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
3805 return false;
3806
3807 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
3808 // Do nothing.
3809 break;
3810 }
3811 }
3812
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003813 // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00003814 // ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003815 if (HasBetterConversion)
3816 return true;
3817
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003818 // - F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00003819 // specialization, or, if not that,
3820 if (Cand1.Function && !Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
3821 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
3822 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003823
3824 // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
3825 // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
3826 // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00003827 // if not that,
Douglas Gregor55137cb2009-08-02 23:46:29 +00003828 if (Cand1.Function && Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
3829 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003830 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
3831 = getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
3832 Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
Douglas Gregor6010da02009-09-14 23:02:14 +00003833 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function)? TPOC_Conversion
3834 : TPOC_Call))
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003835 return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003836
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003837 // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
3838 // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
3839 // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
3840 // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
3841 // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
3842 // from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003843 if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
3844 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003845 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
3846 switch (CompareStandardConversionSequences(Cand1.FinalConversion,
3847 Cand2.FinalConversion)) {
3848 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
3849 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
3850 return true;
3851
3852 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
3853 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
3854 return false;
3855
3856 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
3857 // Do nothing
3858 break;
3859 }
3860 }
3861
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003862 return false;
3863}
3864
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003865/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00003866/// within an overload candidate set.
3867///
3868/// \param CandidateSet the set of candidate functions.
3869///
3870/// \param Loc the location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
3871/// which overload resolution occurs.
3872///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003873/// \param Best f overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00003874/// function, Best points to the candidate function found.
3875///
3876/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003877Sema::OverloadingResult
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003878Sema::BestViableFunction(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00003879 SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003880 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator& Best) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003881 // Find the best viable function.
3882 Best = CandidateSet.end();
3883 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
3884 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
3885 if (Cand->Viable) {
3886 if (Best == CandidateSet.end() || isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Cand, *Best))
3887 Best = Cand;
3888 }
3889 }
3890
3891 // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
3892 if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
3893 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
3894
3895 // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
3896 // function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
3897 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
3898 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003899 if (Cand->Viable &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003900 Cand != Best &&
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003901 !isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Best, *Cand)) {
3902 Best = CandidateSet.end();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003903 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003904 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003905 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003906
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003907 // Best is the best viable function.
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003908 if (Best->Function &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003909 (Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003910 Best->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003911 return OR_Deleted;
3912
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00003913 // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2:
3914 // An overloaded function is used if it is selected by overload resolution
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003915 // when referred to from a potentially-evaluated expression. [Note: this
3916 // covers calls to named functions (5.2.2), operator overloading
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00003917 // (clause 13), user-defined conversions (12.3.2), allocation function for
3918 // placement new (5.3.4), as well as non-default initialization (8.5).
3919 if (Best->Function)
3920 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003921 return OR_Success;
3922}
3923
3924/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
3925/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
3926/// set. If OnlyViable is true, only viable candidates will be printed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003927void
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003928Sema::PrintOverloadCandidates(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003929 bool OnlyViable) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003930 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
3931 LastCand = CandidateSet.end();
3932 for (; Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003933 if (Cand->Viable || !OnlyViable) {
3934 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003935 if (Cand->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003936 Cand->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003937 // Deleted or "unavailable" function.
3938 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate_deleted)
3939 << Cand->Function->isDeleted();
Douglas Gregor4fb9cde8e2009-09-15 20:11:42 +00003940 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
3941 = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
3942 // Function template specialization
3943 // FIXME: Give a better reason!
3944 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_template_candidate)
3945 << getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(),
3946 *Cand->Function->getTemplateSpecializationArgs());
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003947 } else {
3948 // Normal function
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +00003949 bool errReported = false;
3950 if (!Cand->Viable && Cand->Conversions.size() > 0) {
3951 for (int i = Cand->Conversions.size()-1; i >= 0; i--) {
3952 const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conversion =
3953 Cand->Conversions[i];
3954 if ((Conversion.ConversionKind !=
3955 ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) ||
3956 Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet.size() == 0)
3957 continue;
3958 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(),
3959 diag::err_ovl_candidate_not_viable) << (i+1);
3960 errReported = true;
3961 for (int j = Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet.size()-1;
3962 j >= 0; j--) {
3963 FunctionDecl *Func = Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet[j];
3964 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
3965 }
3966 }
3967 }
3968 if (!errReported)
3969 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003970 }
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003971 } else if (Cand->IsSurrogate) {
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00003972 // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
3973 // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
3974 // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
3975 QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003976 bool isLValueReference = false;
3977 bool isRValueReference = false;
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00003978 bool isPointer = false;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003979 if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003980 FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00003981 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003982 isLValueReference = true;
3983 } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003984 FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003985 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
3986 isRValueReference = true;
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00003987 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003988 if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00003989 FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
3990 isPointer = true;
3991 }
3992 // Desugar down to a function type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003993 FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0);
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00003994 // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
3995 if (isPointer) FnType = Context.getPointerType(FnType);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003996 if (isRValueReference) FnType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
3997 if (isLValueReference) FnType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00003998
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003999 Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_surrogate_cand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004000 << FnType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004001 } else {
4002 // FIXME: We need to get the identifier in here
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004003 // FIXME: Do we want the error message to point at the operator?
4004 // (built-ins won't have a location)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004005 QualType FnType
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004006 = Context.getFunctionType(Cand->BuiltinTypes.ResultTy,
4007 Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes,
4008 Cand->Conversions.size(),
4009 false, 0);
4010
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004011 Diag(SourceLocation(), diag::err_ovl_builtin_candidate) << FnType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004012 }
4013 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004014 }
4015}
4016
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004017/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
4018/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
4019/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
4020/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
4021///
4022/// @code
4023/// int f(double);
4024/// int f(int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004025///
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004026/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
4027/// @endcode
4028///
4029/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
4030/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
4031/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
4032FunctionDecl *
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004033Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004034 bool Complain) {
4035 QualType FunctionType = ToType;
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004036 bool IsMember = false;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004037 if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004038 FunctionType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004039 else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Daniel Dunbarb566c6c2009-02-26 19:13:44 +00004040 FunctionType = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004041 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004042 ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004043 FunctionType = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4044 IsMember = true;
4045 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004046
4047 // We only look at pointers or references to functions.
Douglas Gregor6b6ba8b2009-07-09 17:16:51 +00004048 FunctionType = Context.getCanonicalType(FunctionType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004049 if (!FunctionType->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004050 return 0;
4051
4052 // Find the actual overloaded function declaration.
4053 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004054
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004055 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4056 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
4057 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
4058 Expr *OvlExpr = From->IgnoreParens();
4059
4060 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4061 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
4062 // operator.
4063 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OvlExpr)) {
4064 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf)
4065 OvlExpr = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
4066 }
4067
4068 // Try to dig out the overloaded function.
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004069 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
4070 if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004071 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004072 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(DR->getDecl());
4073 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004074
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004075 // If there's no overloaded function declaration or function template,
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004076 // we're done.
4077 if (!Ovl && !FunctionTemplate)
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004078 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004079
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004080 OverloadIterator Fun;
4081 if (Ovl)
4082 Fun = Ovl;
4083 else
4084 Fun = FunctionTemplate;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004085
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004086 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
4087 // whose type matches exactly.
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004088 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4> Matches;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004089 bool FoundNonTemplateFunction = false;
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004090 for (OverloadIterator FunEnd; Fun != FunEnd; ++Fun) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004091 // C++ [over.over]p3:
4092 // Non-member functions and static member functions match
Sebastian Redl16d307d2009-02-05 12:33:33 +00004093 // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
4094 // Nonstatic member functions match targets of
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004095 // type "pointer-to-member-function."
4096 // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004097
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004098 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004099 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Fun)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004100 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004101 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004102 // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004103 // static when converting to member pointer.
4104 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
4105 continue;
4106 } else if (IsMember)
4107 continue;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004108
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004109 // C++ [over.over]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004110 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
4111 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
4112 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
4113 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004114 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004115 // FIXME: We don't really want to build the specialization here, do we?
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004116 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
4117 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
4118 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
4119 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, /*FIXME*/false,
4120 /*FIXME:*/0, /*FIXME:*/0,
4121 FunctionType, Specialization, Info)) {
4122 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
4123 (void)Result;
4124 } else {
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004125 // FIXME: If the match isn't exact, shouldn't we just drop this as
4126 // a candidate? Find a testcase before changing the code.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004127 assert(FunctionType
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004128 == Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()));
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004129 Matches.insert(
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00004130 cast<FunctionDecl>(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004131 }
4132 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004133
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004134 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Fun)) {
4135 // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
4136 // when converting to member pointer.
4137 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004138 continue;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004139 } else if (IsMember)
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004140 continue;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004141
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00004142 if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Fun)) {
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004143 if (FunctionType == Context.getCanonicalType(FunDecl->getType())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00004144 Matches.insert(cast<FunctionDecl>(Fun->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004145 FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
4146 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004147 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004148 }
4149
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004150 // If there were 0 or 1 matches, we're done.
4151 if (Matches.empty())
4152 return 0;
4153 else if (Matches.size() == 1)
4154 return *Matches.begin();
4155
4156 // C++ [over.over]p4:
4157 // If more than one function is selected, [...]
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004158 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4>::iterator MatchIter;
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004159 if (!FoundNonTemplateFunction) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004160 // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
4161 // eliminated if the set contains a second function template
4162 // specialization whose function template is more specialized
4163 // than the function template of F1 according to the partial
4164 // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.
4165
4166 // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
4167 // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
4168 // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
4169 // best function template (if it exists).
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004170 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 8> TemplateMatches(Matches.begin(),
4171 Matches.end());
4172 return getMostSpecialized(TemplateMatches.data(), TemplateMatches.size(),
4173 TPOC_Other, From->getLocStart(),
4174 PartialDiagnostic(0),
4175 PartialDiagnostic(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
4176 << TemplateMatches[0]->getDeclName(),
4177 PartialDiagnostic(diag::err_ovl_template_candidate));
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004178 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004179
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004180 // [...] any function template specializations in the set are
4181 // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
4182 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> RemainingMatches;
4183 for (MatchIter M = Matches.begin(), MEnd = Matches.end(); M != MEnd; ++M)
4184 if ((*M)->getPrimaryTemplate() == 0)
4185 RemainingMatches.push_back(*M);
4186
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004187 // [...] After such eliminations, if any, there shall remain exactly one
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004188 // selected function.
4189 if (RemainingMatches.size() == 1)
4190 return RemainingMatches.front();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004191
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004192 // FIXME: We should probably return the same thing that BestViableFunction
4193 // returns (even if we issue the diagnostics here).
4194 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
4195 << RemainingMatches[0]->getDeclName();
4196 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RemainingMatches.size(); I != N; ++I)
4197 Diag(RemainingMatches[I]->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004198 return 0;
4199}
4200
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004201/// \brief Add a single candidate to the overload set.
4202static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S,
4203 AnyFunctionDecl Callee,
4204 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
4205 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4206 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4207 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4208 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4209 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
4210 bool PartialOverloading) {
4211 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
4212 assert(!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && "Explicit template arguments?");
4213 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, false, false,
4214 PartialOverloading);
4215
4216 if (Func->getDeclContext()->isRecord() ||
4217 Func->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4218 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
4219 return;
4220 }
4221
4222 FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee);
4223 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4224 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4225 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4226 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4227
4228 if (FuncTemplate->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
4229 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
4230}
4231
4232/// \brief Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
4233/// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
4234void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(NamedDecl *Callee,
4235 DeclarationName &UnqualifiedName,
4236 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
4237 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4238 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4239 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4240 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4241 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
4242 bool PartialOverloading) {
4243 // Add the functions denoted by Callee to the set of candidate
4244 // functions. While we're doing so, track whether argument-dependent
4245 // lookup still applies, per:
4246 //
4247 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
4248 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
4249 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
4250 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
4251 //
4252 // -- a declaration of a class member, or
4253 //
4254 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
4255 // using-declaration (FIXME: check for using declaration), or
4256 //
4257 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
4258 // template
4259 //
4260 // then Y is empty.
4261 if (!Callee) {
4262 // Nothing to do.
4263 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
4264 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
4265 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
4266 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
4267 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4268 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, *Func, ArgumentDependentLookup,
4269 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4270 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4271 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
4272 PartialOverloading);
4273 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Callee) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee))
4274 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this,
4275 AnyFunctionDecl::getFromNamedDecl(Callee),
4276 ArgumentDependentLookup,
4277 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4278 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4279 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
4280 PartialOverloading);
4281 // FIXME: assert isa<FunctionDecl> || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl> rather than
4282 // checking dynamically.
4283
4284 if (Callee)
4285 UnqualifiedName = Callee->getDeclName();
4286
4287 if (ArgumentDependentLookup)
4288 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(UnqualifiedName, Args, NumArgs,
4289 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4290 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4291 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4292 CandidateSet,
4293 PartialOverloading);
4294}
4295
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004296/// ResolveOverloadedCallFn - Given the call expression that calls Fn
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004297/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
4298/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
4299/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
4300/// the function declaration produced by overload
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004301/// resolution. Otherwise, emits diagnostics, deletes all of the
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004302/// arguments and Fn, and returns NULL.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004303FunctionDecl *Sema::ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *Callee,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004304 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004305 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4306 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4307 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004308 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4309 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004310 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004311 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004312 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup) {
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004313 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004314
4315 // Add the functions denoted by Callee to the set of candidate
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004316 // functions.
4317 AddOverloadedCallCandidates(Callee, UnqualifiedName, ArgumentDependentLookup,
4318 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4319 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, NumArgs,
4320 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004321 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004322 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004323 case OR_Success:
4324 return Best->Function;
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004325
4326 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00004327 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004328 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00004329 << UnqualifiedName << Fn->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004330 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
4331 break;
4332
4333 case OR_Ambiguous:
4334 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004335 << UnqualifiedName << Fn->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004336 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4337 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004338
4339 case OR_Deleted:
4340 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
4341 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4342 << UnqualifiedName
4343 << Fn->getSourceRange();
4344 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4345 break;
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004346 }
4347
4348 // Overload resolution failed. Destroy all of the subexpressions and
4349 // return NULL.
4350 Fn->Destroy(Context);
4351 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
4352 Args[Arg]->Destroy(Context);
4353 return 0;
4354}
4355
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004356/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
4357/// operator.
4358///
4359/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
4360///
4361/// \param OpcIn The UnaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
4362/// operator.
4363///
4364/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
4365/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
4366/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
4367/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
4368/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
4369/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
4370///
4371/// \param input The input argument.
4372Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4373 unsigned OpcIn,
4374 FunctionSet &Functions,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004375 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004376 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
4377 Expr *Input = (Expr *)input.get();
4378
4379 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4380 assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
4381 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4382
4383 Expr *Args[2] = { Input, 0 };
4384 unsigned NumArgs = 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004385
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004386 // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
4387 // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
4388 // post-decrement.
4389 if (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc || Opc == UnaryOperator::PostDec) {
4390 llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004391 Args[1] = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(Zero, Context.IntTy,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004392 SourceLocation());
4393 NumArgs = 2;
4394 }
4395
4396 if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004397 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004398 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004399 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004400 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
4401 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4402 Overloads->addOverload(*Func);
4403
4404 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
4405 OpLoc, false, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004406
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004407 input.release();
4408 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
4409 &Args[0], NumArgs,
4410 Context.DependentTy,
4411 OpLoc));
4412 }
4413
4414 // Build an empty overload set.
4415 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
4416
4417 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
4418 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
4419
4420 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
4421 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4422
4423 // Add builtin operator candidates.
4424 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4425
4426 // Perform overload resolution.
4427 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004428 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004429 case OR_Success: {
4430 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
4431 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004432
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004433 if (FnDecl) {
4434 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
4435 // operator.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004436
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004437 // Convert the arguments.
4438 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
4439 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, Method))
4440 return ExprError();
4441 } else {
4442 // Convert the arguments.
4443 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Input,
4444 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
4445 "passing"))
4446 return ExprError();
4447 }
4448
4449 // Determine the result type
4450 QualType ResultTy
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004451 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004452 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004453
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004454 // Build the actual expression node.
4455 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
4456 SourceLocation());
4457 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004458
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004459 input.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004460
4461 Expr *CE = new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
Anders Carlssone80ccac2009-08-16 04:11:06 +00004462 &Input, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc);
4463 return MaybeBindToTemporary(CE);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004464 } else {
4465 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
4466 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
4467 // operator node.
4468 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
4469 Best->Conversions[0], "passing"))
4470 return ExprError();
4471
4472 break;
4473 }
4474 }
4475
4476 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
4477 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
4478 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
4479 break;
4480
4481 case OR_Ambiguous:
4482 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4483 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4484 << Input->getSourceRange();
4485 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4486 return ExprError();
4487
4488 case OR_Deleted:
4489 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4490 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4491 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4492 << Input->getSourceRange();
4493 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4494 return ExprError();
4495 }
4496
4497 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
4498 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
4499 // build a built-in operation.
4500 input.release();
4501 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Owned(Input));
4502}
4503
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004504/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
4505/// operator.
4506///
4507/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
4508///
4509/// \param OpcIn The BinaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
4510/// operator.
4511///
4512/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
4513/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
4514/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
4515/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
4516/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
4517/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
4518///
4519/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
4520/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004521Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004522Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004523 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004524 FunctionSet &Functions,
4525 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004526 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004527 LHS=RHS=0; //Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004528
4529 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<BinaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
4530 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4531 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4532
4533 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
4534 // expression.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004535 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004536 // .* cannot be overloaded.
4537 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004538 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004539 Context.DependentTy, OpLoc));
4540
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004541 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004542 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004543 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004544 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
4545 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4546 Overloads->addOverload(*Func);
4547
4548 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
4549 OpLoc, false, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004550
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004551 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004552 Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004553 Context.DependentTy,
4554 OpLoc));
4555 }
4556
4557 // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
4558 // create a built-in binary operator.
4559 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004560 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004561
4562 // If this is one of the assignment operators, we only perform
4563 // overload resolution if the left-hand side is a class or
4564 // enumeration type (C++ [expr.ass]p3).
4565 if (Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign &&
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004566 !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
4567 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004568
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004569 // Build an empty overload set.
4570 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004571
4572 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
4573 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, 2, CandidateSet, false);
4574
4575 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
4576 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4577
4578 // Add builtin operator candidates.
4579 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4580
4581 // Perform overload resolution.
4582 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004583 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004584 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004585 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
4586 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
4587
4588 if (FnDecl) {
4589 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
4590 // operator.
4591
4592 // Convert the arguments.
4593 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004594 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method) ||
4595 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1], FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004596 "passing"))
4597 return ExprError();
4598 } else {
4599 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004600 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Args[0], FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004601 "passing") ||
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004602 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1], FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004603 "passing"))
4604 return ExprError();
4605 }
4606
4607 // Determine the result type
4608 QualType ResultTy
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004609 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004610 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
4611
4612 // Build the actual expression node.
4613 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef1c1e52009-07-14 03:19:38 +00004614 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004615 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
4616
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004617 Expr *CE = new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
Anders Carlssone80ccac2009-08-16 04:11:06 +00004618 Args, 2, ResultTy, OpLoc);
4619 return MaybeBindToTemporary(CE);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004620 } else {
4621 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
4622 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
4623 // operator node.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004624 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004625 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004626 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004627 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
4628 return ExprError();
4629
4630 break;
4631 }
4632 }
4633
4634 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004635 // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment operator
4636 // do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that no overloaded
4637 // assignment operator found
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004638 if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() && Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign) {
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004639 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
4640 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004641 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004642 return ExprError();
4643 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004644 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
4645 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
4646 break;
4647
4648 case OR_Ambiguous:
4649 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4650 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004651 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004652 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4653 return ExprError();
4654
4655 case OR_Deleted:
4656 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4657 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4658 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004659 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004660 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4661 return ExprError();
4662 }
4663
4664 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
4665 // built-in operator. In either case, try to build a built-in
4666 // operation.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004667 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004668}
4669
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004670/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
4671/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
4672/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
4673/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
4674/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
4675/// expression refers to a member function or an overloaded member
4676/// function.
4677Sema::ExprResult
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004678Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
4679 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004680 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
4681 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4682 // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
4683 // argument and the member function we're referring to.
4684 MemberExpr *MemExpr = 0;
4685 if (ParenExpr *ParenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(MemExprE))
4686 MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(ParenE->getSubExpr());
4687 else
4688 MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE);
4689 assert(MemExpr && "Building member call without member expression");
4690
4691 // Extract the object argument.
4692 Expr *ObjectArg = MemExpr->getBase();
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00004693
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004694 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00004695 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
4696 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004697 // Add overload candidates
4698 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00004699 DeclarationName DeclName = MemExpr->getMemberDecl()->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004700
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00004701 for (OverloadIterator Func(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()), FuncEnd;
4702 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4703 if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func)))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004704 AddMethodCandidate(Method, ObjectArg, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00004705 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
4706 else
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00004707 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func),
4708 MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList(),
4709 MemExpr->getTemplateArgs(),
4710 MemExpr->getNumTemplateArgs(),
4711 ObjectArg, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00004712 CandidateSet,
4713 /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
4714 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004715
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004716 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004717 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, MemExpr->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004718 case OR_Success:
4719 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
4720 break;
4721
4722 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004723 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004724 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00004725 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004726 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
4727 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
4728 return true;
4729
4730 case OR_Ambiguous:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004731 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004732 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00004733 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004734 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
4735 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
4736 return true;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004737
4738 case OR_Deleted:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004739 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004740 diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
4741 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00004742 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004743 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
4744 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
4745 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004746 }
4747
4748 FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExpr, Method);
4749 } else {
4750 Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
4751 }
4752
4753 assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004754 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00004755 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExpr, Args,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004756 NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004757 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
4758 RParenLoc));
4759
4760 // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004761 if (!Method->isStatic() &&
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004762 PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectArg, Method))
4763 return true;
4764 MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg);
4765
4766 // Convert the rest of the arguments
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004767 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004768 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004769 RParenLoc))
4770 return true;
4771
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00004772 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
4773 return true;
Anders Carlsson8c84c202009-08-16 03:42:12 +00004774
4775 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004776}
4777
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004778/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
4779/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
4780/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
4781/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004782Sema::ExprResult
4783Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object,
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +00004784 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004785 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004786 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004787 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4788 assert(Object->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument");
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004789 const RecordType *Record = Object->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004790
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004791 // C++ [over.call.object]p1:
4792 // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00004793 // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004794 // candidate functions includes at least the function call
4795 // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
4796 // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
4797 // (E).operator().
4798 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004799 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00004800 DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Oper, OperEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004801 for (llvm::tie(Oper, OperEnd) = Record->getDecl()->lookup(OpName);
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00004802 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004803 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper), Object, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00004804 CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004805
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004806 // C++ [over.call.object]p2:
4807 // In addition, for each conversion function declared in T of the
4808 // form
4809 //
4810 // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
4811 //
4812 // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
4813 // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
Douglas Gregorf49fdf82008-11-20 13:33:37 +00004814 // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
4815 // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
4816 // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
4817 // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004818 // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
4819 // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
4820 // functions for each conversion function declared in an
4821 // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
4822 // within T by another intervening declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004823
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00004824 if (!RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation(), Object->getType(), 0)) {
4825 // FIXME: Look in base classes for more conversion operators!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004826 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00004827 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getConversionFunctions();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004828 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00004829 Func = Conversions->function_begin(),
4830 FuncEnd = Conversions->function_end();
4831 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4832 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
4833 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
4834 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004835
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00004836 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
4837 // surrogates.
4838 if (ConvTemplate)
4839 continue;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004840
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00004841 // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
4842 // any) to get down to what might be a function type.
4843 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
4844 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
4845 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004846
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004847 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00004848 AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, Proto, Object, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4849 }
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004850 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004851
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004852 // Perform overload resolution.
4853 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004854 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Object->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004855 case OR_Success:
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004856 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
4857 // below.
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004858 break;
4859
4860 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004861 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Sebastian Redl15b02d22008-11-22 13:44:36 +00004862 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00004863 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl15b02d22008-11-22 13:44:36 +00004864 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004865 break;
4866
4867 case OR_Ambiguous:
4868 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4869 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004870 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004871 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4872 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004873
4874 case OR_Deleted:
4875 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4876 diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
4877 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4878 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
4879 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4880 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004881 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004882
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004883 if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004884 // We had an error; delete all of the subexpressions and return
4885 // the error.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004886 Object->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004887 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004888 Args[ArgIdx]->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004889 return true;
4890 }
4891
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004892 if (Best->Function == 0) {
4893 // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
4894 // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004895 CXXConversionDecl *Conv
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004896 = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
4897 Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
4898
4899 // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
4900 // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
4901 // on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00004902
4903 // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator.
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00004904 // and then call it.
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00004905 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00004906 BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object, Conv);
4907
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00004908 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, CE), LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004909 MultiExprArg(*this, (ExprTy**)Args, NumArgs),
4910 CommaLocs, RParenLoc).release();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004911 }
4912
4913 // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
4914 // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
4915 // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
4916 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004917 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004918
4919 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
4920 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
4921
4922 // Build the full argument list for the method call (the
4923 // implicit object parameter is placed at the beginning of the
4924 // list).
4925 Expr **MethodArgs;
4926 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
4927 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
4928 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgsInProto + 1];
4929 } else {
4930 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgs + 1];
4931 }
4932 MethodArgs[0] = Object;
4933 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
4934 MethodArgs[ArgIdx + 1] = Args[ArgIdx];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004935
4936 Expr *NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004937 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004938 UsualUnaryConversions(NewFn);
4939
4940 // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
4941 // owned.
4942 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004943 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
4944 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004945 MethodArgs, NumArgs + 1,
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004946 ResultTy, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004947 delete [] MethodArgs;
4948
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00004949 // We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
4950 // slots in the call for them.
4951 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004952 TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto + 1);
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00004953 else if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto)
4954 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
4955
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00004956 bool IsError = false;
4957
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004958 // Initialize the implicit object parameter.
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00004959 IsError |= PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Method);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004960 TheCall->setArg(0, Object);
4961
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00004962
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004963 // Check the argument types.
4964 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004965 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00004966 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004967 Arg = Args[i];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004968
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00004969 // Pass the argument.
4970 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00004971 IsError |= PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing");
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00004972 } else {
Anders Carlssone8271232009-08-14 18:30:22 +00004973 Arg = CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Method->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00004974 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004975
4976 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
4977 }
4978
4979 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
4980 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
4981 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
4982 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
4983 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00004984 IsError |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, VariadicMethod);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004985 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
4986 }
4987 }
4988
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00004989 if (IsError) return true;
4990
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00004991 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
4992 return true;
4993
Anders Carlsson1c83deb2009-08-16 03:53:54 +00004994 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004995}
4996
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004997/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004998/// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004999/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005000Sema::OwningExprResult
5001Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseIn, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
5002 Expr *Base = static_cast<Expr *>(BaseIn.get());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005003 assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005004
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005005 // C++ [over.ref]p1:
5006 //
5007 // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
5008 // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
5009 // the operator is selected as the best match function by the
5010 // overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005011 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
5012 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005013 const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005014
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005015 LookupResult R = LookupQualifiedName(BaseRecord->getDecl(), OpName,
5016 LookupOrdinaryName);
5017
5018 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
5019 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper)
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00005020 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper), Base, 0, 0, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005021 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005022
5023 // Perform overload resolution.
5024 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005025 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005026 case OR_Success:
5027 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
5028 break;
5029
5030 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5031 if (CandidateSet.empty())
5032 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005033 << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005034 else
5035 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005036 << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005037 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005038 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005039
5040 case OR_Ambiguous:
5041 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005042 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005043 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005044 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005045
5046 case OR_Deleted:
5047 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5048 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005049 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005050 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005051 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005052 }
5053
5054 // Convert the object parameter.
5055 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor9ecea262008-11-21 03:04:22 +00005056 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, Method))
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005057 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ecea262008-11-21 03:04:22 +00005058
5059 // No concerns about early exits now.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005060 BaseIn.release();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005061
5062 // Build the operator call.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005063 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
5064 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005065 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005066 Base = new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr, &Base, 1,
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005067 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
5068 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005069 return Owned(Base);
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005070}
5071
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005072/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
5073/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
5074/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
5075/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
5076/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn.
5077void Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, FunctionDecl *Fn) {
5078 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
5079 FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
5080 E->setType(PE->getSubExpr()->getType());
5081 } else if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005082 assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005083 "Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005084 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
5085 if (Method->isStatic()) {
5086 // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
5087 // from non-member functions.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005088 } else if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *DRE
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005089 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(UnOp->getSubExpr())) {
5090 // We have taken the address of a pointer to member
5091 // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
5092 // appropriate pointer to member type.
5093 DRE->setDecl(Fn);
5094 DRE->setType(Fn->getType());
5095 QualType ClassType
5096 = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005097 E->setType(Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(),
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005098 ClassType.getTypePtr()));
5099 return;
5100 }
5101 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005102 FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), Fn);
Douglas Gregor3a7796b2009-02-11 00:19:33 +00005103 E->setType(Context.getPointerType(UnOp->getSubExpr()->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005104 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005105 assert((isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl()) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005106 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(DR->getDecl())) &&
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005107 "Expected overloaded function or function template");
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005108 DR->setDecl(Fn);
5109 E->setType(Fn->getType());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005110 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
5111 MemExpr->setMemberDecl(Fn);
5112 E->setType(Fn->getType());
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005113 } else {
5114 assert(false && "Invalid reference to overloaded function");
5115 }
5116}
5117
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005118} // end namespace clang